; $< *'< #< ν K**-*^** 1 " Mm. '.¾¾¾"* >. ' '. S^eï. . Ι.\;-Λ^ >a. . '".>'*.'* " ;;..'., - Α Ρ, " - > Λ *».**».' ",.5í=-.

Μέγεθος: px
Εμφάνιση ξεκινά από τη σελίδα:

Download "; $< *'< #< ν K**-*^** 1 " Mm. '.¾¾¾"* >. ' '. S^eï. . Ι.\;-Λ^ >a. . '".>'*.'* " ;;..'., - Α Ρ, " - > Λ *».**».' ",.5í=-."

Transcript

1 '^AfW*-. 1 ; $< *'< #< ν K**-*^** 1 " '.¾¾¾"* >. ' '. S^eï Mm.. Ι.\;-Λ^ >a. '".>'*.'* " ;;..'., - Α Ρ, " - > Λ *».**».' ",.5í=-., *>/''- -ΐ

2 THE SYDNEY ÜNIYERSITY CALENDAR SYDNEY: PRINTED BY BEADING AND WELLBANK, BHH)OE STREET.

3 SYDNEY UNIVERSITY CALENDAR.

4 TABLE OF CONTENTS. Page I. Sydney University Calendar 1 IL Preface 13 III. Charter of the University of Sydney 16 IV. Acts relating to the University : 1. Act of Incorporation of Act to Amend ditto Incorporation Amendment Act of 1S Act to enable the University to purchase the Sydney College 33 δ. Act to provide a fund for building the University V. Acts relating to Incorporated Colleges within the University : 1. St. Paul's College Act Act to enlarge the Council of ditto St. John's College Act Wesley College Act VI. Deed of Grant under which the University Land is held VIL By-Laws 67 VEIL Table of Fees 88 IX. Forms : 1. Matriculation Ad eundem Prizes and Honors Degrees 92 X. Library Rules 95 XI. University Officers 100 XIL- Colleges : 1. St. Paul's College St. John's College Wesley College 108 XIII. Scholarships 109

5 viii Page XTV.-Prizes 113 XV. Annual Prizes 115 XVI. Degrees 116 XVTI. Annual Eeport of the University 117 XVIII. List of Members 121 XIX. Appendix (Examination Papers.)

6 SUBJECTS FOR THE B.A. DEGREE CLASSICS. Aristotle, Ethics. * Plato, Philebus. Thucydides, T., VI., VII. ieschylus, Agamemnon. Aristophanes, Aves. Livy, I., II., ΙΠ. Horace, Sermones, and Epistolar. * Plautus, Mostellaria, and Miles GUoriosus. MATHEMATICS. Arithmetic Algebra, to Quadratic Equations, inclusive. Logarithms. Euclid, Book I. to VI. Elements of Statics. CHEMISTEY AND EXPEEIMENTAL PHYSICS. LOGIC. SUBJECTS FOR COMPOSITION PRIZES, UNIVEESITY MEDAL. (English Heroic Verse.) "The Explorers of Australia." VTCE-CHANCELLOE'S MEDAL. (Translation into Latim, Elegiacs.) " Silent o Moyle be the roar of thy waters." Moore's Melodies. WENTWOETH MEDAL. (English Essay.) "The Roman Censorship." HON. GEOEGE ALLEN'S MEDAL. (Greek Iambics.) Translation from King John, Act III., Scene IV., " Yes, that I will ;" to " as of your child." PEOF. WOOLLEY'S MEDAL FOE BACHELOE OF AETS. (English Essay.) t " The Theory and Origin of Representative Government. ' ' * For Honors. t The Essayists are required to confine themselves to the abstract question, with an especial reference to the early History.

7 MB. THOMAS SDTCXIFFE MORT has signified his intention to place at the disposal of the Senate the sum of 315, to be awarded on Commemoration Day, 1865, to the Graduate (not then being over twenty-five years of age, nor having resided in England since his eighteenth year) who shall, on that day, be declared to have attained the highest Honors in the course of his Academic career. This sum must be expended in visiting England, and, if possible, the Continent of Europe. The recipient is required upon his return to present to the University, to be placed amongst its archives, a History of his Tour, with a special reference to the iesthetical or Mechanical and Engineering Arts.

8 gbiiejj Embersxtjj Calendar. JANUARY, XXXI. 1 W Lio.ray Couiüiiiüse saeets. Sende meets. 2 T 3 F 4 S 5 S Second Sunday after Christmas. 6 M Epiphany. 7 T 8 W 9 T 10 F 11 S 12 First Sunday after Epiphany. 13 M 14 T 15 W 16 T 17 F 18 S 19 S Second Sunday after Epiphany. 20 M 21 T 22 "W 23 T 24 F 25 S 26 S Third Sunday after Epiphany. 27 M 28 T 29 W 30 T 31 F Profes>r>vi;u tm Pretorial Boavcls meet.

9 Subiwö Embersiíy Calenbar. FEBRUARY, XXYIII. 1 S 2 S Fourth Sunday after Epiphany. 3 M 4 T 5 W 'ÇSIXÏ: ί-.α;. 6 T 7 F 8 S 9 S) Fifth Sunday after Epiphany. 7, T,- T,..,..'-. 10 M 11 T ^latíerfídicii.:^.::1.: IE;, V: '' Ί-.ζνΛ..:: '.:>:. tir 12 W 1 Γ:;'^- " ~)Χ''όιΙ ip, ΐ;?\>ίτ.. 13 T 14 F 15 S 16 8 Septuagésima Sunday. 17 M ï,iceni"eï'jl-;i-lii. P-L-Í s~- ~ '..'.-z~~.. Γ; VJ SO-'irir, 18 T 19 W 20 T 21 F 22 S 23 8 Sexagésima Sunday. 24 M 25 T 26 W 27 T 28 F ^:3¾¾;¾ c^ñ Trœ:zz?kl Ty.z:;i\ :.:.

10 SyÎwejr WínibaBÜs Caunbar. MARCH, XXXI. 1 S 2 S Quinquagesima Sunday. 3 4 M T 5 W Ash "Wednesday. Senate ioeste, 6 T 7 F 8 S 9 S First Sunday in Lent. Quadragesima. 10 M 11 T 12 W 13 T 14 F 15 S 16 Second Sunday in Lent. 17 s M 18 T 19 W 20 T 21 F 22 S 23 S Third Sunday in Lent. 24 M 25 T 26 W. 27 T 28 F 29 S Profcssorkil xd Prcíxriá 3OHV? :>.".vt. 30 S Fourth Sunday in Lent. 31 M

11 ügbiiíg Emfrêrsiig < alenbar. APRIL, XXX. 1 T 2 W Ijilitt-try üoranufócí: i:it-rt>. 3 T tenais meets. 4 F 5 S 6 S Fifth Sunday in Lent. 7 M 8 T 9 W 10 T 11 F 12 S 13 S Palm Sunday. 14 M ËÏStc-ï KCSC 3 1li?<ïili.S. 15 T 16 W 17 T 18 F Good Friday. 19 S 20 s Easter Sunday. 21 M Easter Monday. 22 T 23 W 24 T 25 F 26 S kite 1 Εεεε=.- c-ηί-. 27 s First Sunday after Easter. 28 M 29 T 30 W -

12 Sgïmin ^titifrersiíji Caíettbar. MAY, XXXI. 1 T 2 F Professorial and! Proctorial Bosrds meet. 3 4 S S Second Sunday after Easter. 5 M. 6 T 7 W Senate meets. 8 T 9 F 10 S 11 Third Sunday after Easter. s 12 M 13 T 14 W 15 T 16 F 17 S Lent Term ends. 18 i Fourth Sunday after Easter. 19 M 20 T 21 W 22 T 23 F 24 S Queen Victoria born, Rogation Sunday. s 26 M 27 T 28 W 29 T Ascension Day F S Professorial r«iâ Proctorial Boards meet.

13 Seimig Stnihersiig ηίηυηΐ. JUNE, XXX. M T W T F S β M τ : w.ι τ ι F ι S! 0 I M T I W! T I F ι S M T W T F S S M Sunday after Ascension. enaís msc-ts. Whit Sunday. Ti=imt~' Ter-rci bs^n Trinity Sunday. First Sunday after Trinity. P^íferr'sl "i-.i Pr-istnrM Boards meet Second Sunday after Trinity.

14 SjJÏmeu Stnifwrsrfjj Calwbar. JULY, XXXI. 1 T Library Committee meets. 2 W Senats meets. 3 T ' 4 F 5 S 6 Third Sunday after Trinity. 7 M 8 T 9 W 10 T 11 F 12 S 13 Fourth Sunday after Trinity. 14 M 15 T 16 W 17 T 18 F 19 S 20 S Fifth Sunday after Trinity. 21 M 22 T 23 W 24 T 25 F 26 S 27 Sixth Sunday after Trinity. 28 M 29 T 30 W 31 T

15 isyiineg &%tbersttü Caletrîmr. AUGUST, XXXT. 1 I ι ρ '-- y ; -~.-r " --- Ί S'-: -..T-'r ':,-- : -.. Ίν 2 s! 3 3) ' Seventh Sunday after Trinity. 4 5 M T 6 W.SSWiC:- ;-. í'?.. 7 T 8 F 9 S 10 Eighth Sunday after Trinity M T 13 W 14 T 15 P 16 S 17 wi) Ninth Sunday after Trinity. 18 M 19 T 20 W 21 T 22 F 23 S 24 5¾ Tenth Sunday after Trinity. 25 M 26 T 27 W 28 T 29 F?..'.._i_j..hl.;dr;:c::'ä'i Er,,-ai Γ:1Ϊί-Γ. 30 S 31 3> Vâ-i'J.Ï- T "/Ό. ".'?: Eleventh Sunday after Trinity. I

16 Sjrötteü Enifreratg (iatenbar. SEPTEMBER, XXX. 1 M 2 T 3 W Senate meets. 4 T 5 F 6 S 7 S Twelfth Sunday after Trinity. 8 9 M T 10 W 11 T 12 F 13 S 14 S Thirteenth Sunday after Trinity. 15 M 16 T 17 W 18 T 19 F 20 S 21 S Fourteenth Sunday after Trinity. 22 M 23 T 24 W 25 T 26 F Professorial R-W. Pinotoria! Bos;: "?. wi'>e:. 27 S 28 S Fifteenth Sunday after Trinity. 29 M Michaelmas Day. 30 T

17 Sgïmeg WínxbnsxtO Calendar. OCTOBER, XXXI. 1 W --, : -! -\.- L' -V >i - -=ÎS 2 T 3 P 4 S 5 S Sixteenth Sunday after Trinity. 6 M.,!,S"\-1:;V-:M; - '.^±-i\ W- 7 T 8 W 9 T 10 P 11 Inauguration of University, Seventeenth Sunday after Trinity. 13 M s 14 T 15 W 16 T 17 P s Eighteenth Sunday after Trinity. 21 M T 22 W 23 T 24 P 25 s 26 & Nineteenth Sunday after Trinity. 27 M 28 T 29 W 30 T 31 F ''.!y/';*.'-,,.-.ι-.:'. - ' P-Jü'jt'i-Ai;l FÏ:;Ï;-."1- rn.-v-t. I

18 jlgimcg Stnibírsilg Calwbar. NOVEMBER, XXX. 1 S 2 S Twentieth Sunday after Trinity. 3 M 4 T 5 W Sfiíiíife iansr T 7 F 8 9 s M T Twenty-first Sunday after Trinity. 12 W 13 T 14 F 15 S Ï5 M Twenty-second Sunday after Trinity. 18 T 19 W 20 T 21 F s 24 Twenty-third Sunday after Trinity. 25 M T 26 W 27 T 28 F 29 S P 'oíe»s()i': ií it-i«! Proctorial Boards meet First Sunday in Advent.

19 Süimn) Bnibfrsity Caleño ar. DECEMBER, XXXI M T W T F S M T W T F S 8 M T W T F S s M T W T F S M T W * - ; icí.»r-. Second Sunday in Advent. Third Sunday in Advent. Fourth Sunday in Advent. Christmas Day. First Sunday after Christmas.

20 PREFACE. THE UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY was incorporated by an Act of the Colonial Legislature, which received the Royal Assent on the 9th December, The objects set forth in the preamble are " the advancement of religion and morality, and the promotion of useful knowledge." It is empowered to confer degrees in Arts, Law, and Medicine ; and is endowed with the annual income of By a Royal Charter issued 7th February, 1858 (see p. 16), the same rank, style, and precedence were granted to Graduates of the University of Sydney as are enjoyed by Graduates of Universities within the United Kingdom. The University of Sydney is also declared in the amended Charter granted to the University of London, to be one of the institutions in connection with that University, from which certificates of having pursued a due course of instruction shall be received, with a view to admission to Degrees. The Government of the University is vested in a Senate, consisting of sixteen elective Fellows, and not fewer than three nor more than six " ex officio " members, being Professors of the University in such branches of learning as the Senate may from time to time select; (see p. 101). A Chancellor and Vice- Chancellor are elected by the Senate from their own body ; (see p. 100). Under the peculiar circumstances of the Colony, it was judged expedient to establish at first the Faculty of Arts alone, before attempting those which are specially devoted to the professions of Medicine and Law. The curriculum for the degree of B. A. in- D

21 14 PREFACE. eludes the Classical Languages ; History, modern and ancient ; Logic and Moral Philosophy ; Mathematics and Natural Philosophy ; Chemistry and Experimental Physics. The teaching of the Faculty of Arts, in addition to these subjects, will embrace Mental and Political Philosophy ; Natural History, comprising Mineralogy and Geology ; Botany and Zoology ; the French and German Languages and Literature. In the Faculty of Medicine a Board of Examiners has been appointed by the Senate to test the qualifications of Candidates for Medical Degrees. The immediate direction of the studies in each Faculty is entrusted to a Board of the Professors in that Faculty ; and questions relating to the general studies are decided (subject to the approval of the Senate) by a Board consisting of the Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor, and the Professors of the three Faculties. The maintenance of discipline is provided for by the appointment of a Board styled the Proctorial Board, and composed of the Chancellor, the Vice-Chancellor, the Senior Professor of Classics, the Senior Professor of Mathematics, and the Senior Professor of Chemistry and Experimental Physics. Subject to the general control of the Senate, this Board is empowered to make Rules for the due observance of order, and to visit insubordination and irregularity with fines or other ordinary Academic punishments. The Lectures of the Professors are open to persons not members of the University upon payment of a moderate fee for each course. The distinctive character of the Sydney University is the absence of any religious test as a condition of Membership, of honor, or of office ; it is intended to supply the means of a liberal education to " all orders and denominations without any distinction whatever:" it possesses no Theological Faculty, but resembles, in respect of its Secular Faculties, the Universities of

22 PREFACE. 15 the Continent, and Edinburgh, and of Oxford and Cambridge, as reformed by the late Act of Parliament. Although the comprehensive principles on which the University is founded do not admit of the establishment of a Theological Faculty, the importance of religion as an element of education is fully recognized. With a special view to this object, a portion of the ground granted by the Government to the University has been set apart as sites for Colleges. An Act to encourage the erection of such Colleges was passed by the Legislature during the Session of Ample assistance is offered towards their endowment ; and with an enlightened liberality the maintenance of the fundamental principles of the University the association of Students, without respect of religious creeds, in the cultivation of secular knowledge is secured consistently with the most perfect independence of the College authorities within their own walls. Colleges in connection with the Church of England, and with the Roman Catholic Church, have been established. Under the Fifteenth Clause of the Electoral Act, 22nd Victoria, Nb. 20, the University is entitled to return one Member to Parliament, when it shall contain one hundred graduates who have taken the Degree of Master of Arts, or any higher degree. An account of the several Scholarships and other Prizes for proficiency which have been established out of the Funds of the University, or have been founded by Private Benefactions, will be found in this Calendar.

23 ROYAL CHARTER OF THE UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY. pidona, by the Grace of God of the United Kingd om of Great Britain and Ireland, Queen, Defender of the Faith, To all to whom these presents shall come greeting : WHEREAS under and by virtue of the provisions of an Act of the Governor and Legislative Council of our Colony of New South Wales, passed in the fourteenth year of our reign, No. 31, intituled " An Act to Incorporate and Endow the University of Sydney," and to which our Royal assent was granted on the ninth day of December, One Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty-One, a Senate consisting of sixteen Fellows was incorporated and made, a body politic with perpetual succession, under the name of the University of Sydney, with power to grant, after examination, the several degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, Doctor of Laws, Bachelor of Medicine, and Doctor of Medicine, and to Examine for Medical Degrees in the four branches of Medicine, Surgery, Midwifery, and Pharmacy. AND WHEREAS our trusty and well beloved Sir William Thomas Denison, Knight, Commander of our most honourable Order of the Bath, Lieutenant-Colonel in the Royal Engineers, our Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief in and over our said Colony, has transmitted to us the humble petition of the Senate of the said University of Sydney under their common seal, dated the ninth day of February, One Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty-Seven, wherein is set forth a statement of the establish-

24 BOYAL CHARTE«. 17 ment of the said University, the appointment of learned Professors of the Faculty of Arts, and the Provisions adopted and to be adopted in respect to the Faculties of Laws and Medicine and the course of Education and Discipline for the Scholars, Undergraduates, and Graduates of the said University, and in which it is humbly submitted that the standard of acquirements which must be attained by Graduates in the University of Sydney, is not below that prescribed by the most learned Universities of the United Kingdom, that the direction of the studies in the said University has been committed to Professors who have highly distinguished themselves in British Universities, that the Rules under which the high standard in the University has been fixed, cannot be altered without the approval of our representative in the Colony, and that there is vested in him the power of interference should the Rules laid down be unduly relaxed in practice, and that therefore the Memorialists confidently hope that the Graduates of the University of Sydney will not be inferior in scholastic acquirements to the majority of Graduates of British Universities. And that it is desirable to have the Degrees of the University of Sydney generally recognized throughout our Dominions. And it is also humbly submitted that although our Royal assent to the Act of the Legislature of New South Wales hereinbefore recited fully satisfies the principle of our law that the power of granting Degrees should flow from the Crown, yet that as that assent was conveyed through an Act which has effect only in the territory of New South Wales, the Memorialists believe that the Degrees granted by the said University, under the authority of the said Act are not legally entitled to recognition beyond the Umits of New South Wales. And that the Memorialists are in consequence most desirous to obtain a Grant from us of Letters Patent requiring all our subjects to recognize the Degrees given under the Act of the Local Legislature in the same manner as if the E

25 18 ROYAL CHAETEE. said University of Sydney had been an University established within the United Kingdom under a Royal Charter or an Imperial enactment : And the Memorialists therefore hereby most humbly pray that we will be pleased to take the premises into our gracious consideration and grant to the University of Sydney Letters Patent effective of the object therein set forth. Now KNOW YE that we, taking the premises into consideration and deeming it to be the duty of our Royal Office for the advancement of religion and morality and the promotion of useful knowledge to hold forth to all classes and denominations of our faithful subjects without any distinction whatsoever throughout our dominions encouragement for pursuing a regular and liberal course of Education, and considering that many persons do prosecute and complete their studies in the Colony of New South Wales on whom it is just to confer such distinctions and rewards as may induce them to persevere in their laudable pursuits, Do by virtue of our Prerogative Royal and of our especial Grace and certain knowledge and mere motion by these presents for us, our heirs and successors, will, grant and declare that the Degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, Bachelor of Medicine, and Doctor of Medicine, already granted or conferred or hereafter to be granted or conferred by the Senate of the said University of Sydney shall be recognized as Academic distinctions and rewards of merit, and be entitled to rank, precedence, and consideration in our United Kingdom and in our Colonies and possessions throughout the world as fully as if the said Degrees had been granted by any University of our said United Kingdom. And we further will and ordain that any variation of the Constitution of the said University which may at any time or from time to time be made by an Act of the said Governor and Legislature shall not so long as the same or the like standard of knowledge is in the opinion of the said Governor preserved as a necessary condition for obtaining the aforesaid

26 EOYAL CHAETEK. 19 Degrees therein in any manner annul, abrogate,' circumscribe, or diminish the privileges conferred on the said University, by these our Royal Letters Patent, nor the rank, rights, privileges, and consideration conferred by such Degrees. And lastly we do hereby for us, our heirs and successors, grant and declare that these our Letters Patent or the enrolment or exemplification thereof shall be in and by all things valid and effectual in law according to the true intent and meaning of the same, and shall be construed and adjudged in the most favorable and beneficial sense of the best advantage of the said University, as well in all our courts elsewhere, notwithstanding any non-recital, uncertainty, or imperfection in these our Letters Patent. IN WITNESS whereof we have caused these our Letters to be made Patent. WITNESS ourself at "Westminster, the Twenty-Seventh day of February, in the Twenty-First Year of our Reign. BT WAEEANT under the Queen's sign manual. C. ROMILLY.

27 20 ACTS RELATING TO THE UNIVERSITY. An Act to Incorporate and Endow the University of Sydney, 14 Vict., No. 31. [Assented to 1st October, 1850.] Preamble. WHEREAS it is deemed expedient for the better advancement of religion and morality, and the promotion of useful knowledge, to hold forth to all classes and denominations of Her Majesty's subjects resident in the Colony of New South Wales, without any distinction whatsoever, an encouragement for pursuing a regular and liberal course of Education : Be it therefore enacted by His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales, with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof, That for the purpose of ascertaining, by means of examination, the persons who shall acquire proficiency in literature, science, and art, and of rewarding them by academical degrees as evidence of their respective attainments, and by marks of honour proportioned thereto, a Senate, consisting of the number of persons hereinafter mentioned, shall within three months after the passing of this Act be nominated and appointed by the said Governor, with the advice of the Executive A body poii- Council of the said Colony, by proclamation to be duly poratefto be published in the New South Wales Government Gazette, named "The which Senate shall be and is hereby constituted from of n sydney," the date of such nomination and appointment a Body with'certain P oliti c and Corporate, by the name of " The Universitypowers, of Sydney," by which name such Body Politic shall have perpetual succession, and shall have a common

28 ACT OF INCORPORATION OF seal, and shall in the same name sue and be sued, implead and be impleaded, and answer and be answered unto in all Courts of the said Colony, and shall be able and capable in Law to take, purchase, and hold to them and their successors, all goods, chattels, and personal property whatsoever, and shall also be able and capable in law to take, purchase, and hold to them and their successors, not only such lands, buildings, hereditaments, and possessions as may from time to time be exclusively used and occupied for the immediate requirements of the said University, but also any other lands, buildings, hereditaments, and possessions whatsoever situate in the said Colony or elsewhere ; and that they and their successors shall be able and capable in law to grant, demise, alien or otherwise dispose of all or any of the property, real or personal, belonging to the said University, and also to do all other matters and things incidental to or appertaining to a Body Politic. II. Provided always and be it enacted, That it shall Not t0 h a Te not be lawful for the. said University tó alienate, mort- alienate or gage, charge, or demise any lands, tenements, or }j J Jjpg! hereditaments to which it may become entitled by grant, unless with purchase, or otherwise, unless with the approval of the theg ove of Governor and Executive Council of the said Colony for a. nd Exec ernor?- the time being, except by way of lease, for any term not exceeding thirty-one years from the time when such lease shall be made, in and by which there shall be reserved and made payable, during the whole of the term thereby granted, the best yearly rent that can be reasonably gotten for the same without any fine or foregift. III. And be it enacted, That by way of permanent Governor endowment of the said University, the said Governor out of Geneshall be, and is hereby empowered, by Warrant under "' R e y"_ u " his hand, to direct to be issued and paid out of the nues yearly General or Ordinary Revenues of the said Colony, by exceeding four equal quarterly payments, on the first day of*= 000 tode - January, the first day of April, the first day of July, and expenses. ' the first day of October, in every year, as a fund for building and for defraying the several stipends which shall be appointed to be paid to the several Professors or

29 22 UNIVERSITY Teachers of literature, science, and art, and to such necessary officers and servants as shall be from time to' time appointed by the said University, and for defraying the expense of such prizes, scholarships, and exhibitions as shall be awarded for the encouragement of Students in the said University, and for providing, gradually, a library for the same, and for discharging all incidental and necessary charges connected with the current expenditure thereof, or otherwise, the sum of five thousand pounds in each and every year, the first instalment thereof to become due and payable on the first day of January, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-one. Sixteen Fei- Γν". And be it enacted, That the said Body Politic stitute a and Corporate shall consist of *sieteen Fellows, twelve of poweïto 5 11 wnom "' shall be laymen, and all of whom shall be members elect a Pro- of and constitute a Senate who shall have power to elect mitedperiod! ou^ f their own body, by a majority of votes, a *Provost of the said University for such period as the said Senate shall from time to time appoint ; and whenever a vacancy shall occur in the office of Provost of the said University, either by death, resignation, or otherwise, to elect, out of their own body, by a majority of votes, a fit and proper person to be the Provost, instead of the Provost occasioning such vacancy. How Vacaned up. e V. f And be it enacted, That until there shall be one ' hundred graduates of the said University who sliall have taken the degree of Master of Arts, Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine, all vacancies which shall occur by death, resignation, or otherwise among the Fellows of the said Senate, shall be filled up as they may occur, by the election of such other fit and proper persons as the remaining members of the said Senate shall, at meetings to be duly convened for that purpose, from time to time elect to fill up such vacancies ; Provided always, that no such vacancy, unless created by death or resignation, shall occur for any * Amended as respects the number of Fellows and the title of Provost and Vice-Provost, by an Act passed in t Repealed by Act of 1861.

30 ACT OF INCORPORATION OF cause whatever, unless such cause shall have been' previously specified by some bye-law of the said Body Politic and Corporate, dukj passed as hereinafter mentioned. VI. And be it enacted, That the office of Vice-Provost ^ 0^ of the said University shall be an annual office, and the annually, said Fellows shall, at a meeting to be holden by them within six months after the passing of this Act, elect out of the said Senate a Vice-Provost, and on some day before the expiration of the tenure of the said office, of which due notice shall be given, elect one other fit and proper person to be the Vice-Provost of the said Uni- 'versity, and so from time to time annually ; or in case of the death, resignation, or other avoidance of any such Vice-Provost before the expiration of his year of office, shall, at a meeting to be holden by them for that purpose, as soon as conveniently may be, of which due notice shall be given, elect some other fit and proper person to be Vice-Provost for the remainder of the year in which such death, resignation, or other avoidance shall happen, such person to be chosen from among themselves by the major part of the Fellows present at vice-ïrooost such meeting : Provided always, that the Vice-Provost ' te. ra i a " shall be capable of re-election to the same office, as often election, as shall be deemed meet. VII. ^Provided akvays, and be it enacted, That as soon Proviso, that as there shall be not feiver than one hundred Graduates shall lie ove who have taken ami or either of the Deqrees of Master of hun Y ed :,, -r\ ί τ ΤΊ f -ΛΛ- 7' ' 77 graduates,au Arts, Doctor of Daws, or Doctor of aléateme, all vacancies'vacanties in thereafter occurring in the said Senate, shall be from time ßu' ie ed υί" Il to time filled up by the majority of such Gh-aduates present them - and duly convened for that purpose. VIII. And be it enacted, That the said Senate shall Senate to have full power to appoint and dismiss all professors, m^agenvtnt tutors, officers, and servants belonging to the said Uni-? d s "P er -. o <-J intenüence versity, and also the entire management of and superintendence over the affairs, concerns, and property of the said University, and in all cases unprovided for by this Act, it shall be lawful for the said Senate to act in such * Repealed by Act of 1861.

31 24 UNIVEESITY manner as shall appear to them to be best calculated to promote the purposes intended by the said University ; and the said Senate shall have full power from time to time to make, and also to alter any statutes, bye-laws, and regulations (so as the same be not repugnant to any existing law or to the general objects and provisions of this Act) touching the discipline of the said University, the examinations for scholarships, exhibitions, degrees, or honors, and the granting of the same respectively, and touching the mode and time of convening the meetings of the said Senate, and in general touching all other matters whatsoever regarding the said University ; and all such statutes, bye-laws, and regulations, when reduced into writing, and after the common seal of the said University shall have been affixed thereto, shall be binding upon all persons members thereof, and all candidates for degrees to be conferred by the same ; all such statutes, bye-laws, and regulations having been first submitted to the Governor and Executive Council of the said Colony for the time being, and' approved of and countersigned by the said Governor : Provided always, that the production of a verified copy of any such statutes, bye-laws, and regulations, under the seal of the said Body Politic and Corporate, shall be sufficient evidence of the authenticity of the same in all Courts of Justice. betees' 0 ^- ^ ^ *>e *' ena c ted, That all questions which shall by majority come before the said Senate shall be decided by the of votes. majority of the members present, and the Chairman at any such meeting shall have a vote, and in case of an equality of votes, a second or casting vote ; and that no question shall be decided at any meeting unless the Provost or Vice-Provost and *seven Fellows, or in the absence of the Provost and Vice-Provost unless eight Fellows at the least shall be present at the time of such decision, chairman of X. And be it enacted, That at every meeting of the mee mg». sg^ Senate, the Provost, or in his absence the Vice- * Amended as respects the Quorum by art Art passed in Pec

32 ACT OF INCORPORATION OF Provost, shall preside as Chairman, or in the absence of both, a Chairman shall be chosen by the members present, or the major part of them. XI. And whereas it is expedient to extend the benefits j ^ 6 " ' ^ of colleges and educational establishments already colleges and instituted, for the promotion of literature, science, and st "bhsh n - a art, whether incorporated or not incorporated, by con- menu may necting them, for such purposes, with the said University : ascandidates r Be it enacted, That all persons shall be admitted as Jj ^31 e " candidates for the respective degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, or Doctor of Laws, to be conferred by the said University of Sydney, on presenting to the said Senate a certificate from any such colleges or educational establishments, or from the head master thereof, to the effect that such candidate has completed the course of instruction which the said Senate, by regulation in that behalf, shall determine ; Provided, that no such certificate shall be received from any educational establishment, unless the said University shall authorize it to issue such certificates : Provided also, that it shall be lawful for the said Senate to apply any portion of the said endowment fucd to the establishment and maintenance of a college in connexion with and under the supervision of the said' University. XII. And be it enacted, That for the purpose of A«to Medigranting the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Doc- ca e s rees tor of Medicine, and for the improvement of Medical Education in all its branches, as well as in Medicine as in Surgery, Midwifery, and Pharmacy, the said Senate shall from time to time report to the Governor and Executive Council for the time being of the said Colony, what appear to them to be the Medical Institutions and Schools, whether corporate or unincorporated, in the City of Sydney, from which either singly or jointly with other Medical Institutions and Schools in the said Colony or in Foreign parts, it may be fit and expedient, in the judgment of the said Senate, to admit candidates for Medical degrees, and on approval of such report by the said Governor and Executive Council, shall admit all persons as candidates for the respective degrees of

33 26 UNIVEKSITY Bachelor of Medicine and Doctor of Medicine, to be conferred by the said University, on presenting to the said Senate a certificate from any such institution or school to the effect that such candidate has completed the course of instruction which the said Senate, from time to time, by regulation in that behalf, shall prescribe, senate may XIII. And be it enacted, That the said Senate shall gree" for" have power after examination to confer the several which fees degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, Doctor of Laws, Bachelor of Medicine, and Doctor of Medicine, and to examine for Medical Degrees in the four branches of Medicine, Surgery, Midwifery, and Pharmacy, and that such reasonable fee shall be charged for the degrees so conferred as the said Senate, with the approbation of the said Governor and Executive Council, shall from time to time direct ; and such fees shall be carried to one general fee fund for the payment of the expenses of the said University ; and Accounts ofthat a full account of the whole income and expenditure côme an d'ex- f the said- University shall, once in every year, be b en i d 'd"h t0 transmitted to the Colonial Secretary, for the purpose of fore Legisla- being submitted to the Legislative Council, or Assembly tive council. Qf fo e sa j,j Colony, as the case may be, and subjected to such examination and audit as the said Legislative Council or Assembly may direct. Examiners XIV. And be it enacted, That at the conclusion of names o"? every examination of the candidates, the Examiners shall candidates, declare the name of every candidate whom they shall proficiency, have deemed to be entitled to any of the said degrees, of r which te to an<^ * ne departments of knowledge in which his probe granted ficiency shall have been evinced, and also his proficiency by Provost. m rei a j on 0 aa 0f 0t Qer candidates, and he shall receive from the said Provost, a certificate under the Seal of the said University of Sydney, and signed by the said Provost, in which the particulars so declared shall be stated. Bye-Laws, XV". Provided always, and be it enacted, That all fubmítted to statutes, bye-laws, and regulations made from time to Governor & time touching the examination of candidates, and

34 ACT OF INCORPORATION OF granting of degrees shall be submitted, for the consider- ^ ""ΙΟΓ ation and approval of the Governor and Executive approval. Council. XVI. And be it enacted, That the Governor of the ^[,'j $ said Colony, for the time being, shall be the Visitor of the Univerthe said University of Sydney, with authority to do all sl,y things which pertain to Visitors, as often as to him shall seem meet. XVII. And be it declared and enacted, That it shall ^ {e ^nd be lawful for the Professors or Teachers in the said fees from University, in addition to the stipends with which they "^Treasushall be so respectively endowed, to demand and receive rer may from the Students of the said University, such reason- for^ntrance, able fees for attendance on their lectures, and for the &c Treasurer of the said University to collect from the said Students, on behalf of the said University, such reasonable fees for entrance, degrees, and other University charges, as shall be from time to time provided by any statutes, bye-laws, or regulations of the said University. XVIII. And for the better government of the Students Regulations in the said University : Be it enacted, That no Student students sha11 shall be allowed to attend the lectures or classes of reslde the same, unless he shall dwell with his parent or guardian, or with some near relative or friend selected by his parent or guardian, and approved by the Provost or Vice-Provost, or in some collegiate or other educational establishment, or with a tutor or master of a boarding-house licensed by the Provost or Vice-Provost as hereinafter mentioned. XIX. And be it enacted, That every person, who is Regulations desirous of being licensed as a tutor or master of a big tutors, boarding house in connexion with the said University, students 01 " shall apply in writing under his hand to the Provost or may reside. Vice-Provost of the said University for his license, and it shall be lawful for the said Provost or Vice-Provost, if he or they shall think fit, to require of any such applicant such testimonials of character and fitness for the office as shall be satisfactory to such. Provost or Vice-Provost; and the application shall specify the house or houses

35 28 UNIVERSITY As to reiigious tests. belonging to or occupied by the applicant, and intended by him for the reception of Students, and the number of Students who may be conveniently lodged and boarded therein ; and thereupon it shall be lawful for the Provost or Vice-Provost in their discretion to grant or withhold the license for the academical year then current or then nest ensuing, and every such license shall be registered in the archives of the said University, and shall inure until the end of the academical year in which it shall be registered, and shall then be of no force, unless renewed in like manner, but shall be revocable at any time, and may forthwith be revoked by the Provost or Vice-Provost in case of any misbehaviour of such tutor or master of a boarding house or of the Students under his care, which in the opinion of the Provost or Vice-Provost, and a majority of the Professors of the said University, ought to be punished by immediate revocation of such license. XX. And be it enacted, That no rehgious test shall ^6 a^miuisfcered ^0 anv person in order to entitle him to be admitted as a Student of the said University, or to hold any office therein, or to partake of any advantage or privilege thereof ; Provided always, that this enactment shall not be deemed to prevent the making of regulations for securing the due attendance of the Students, for Divine Worship, at such Church or Chapel as shall be approved by their parents or guardians respectively. Bye-Laws, XXI. And be it enacted, That all statutes, bye-laws, uuies, &c, rui es an regulations which shall be made and approved to be from >. o. ι η Ί -η time to time from time to time by the said üovernor and Executive th'i? LegSa- Council, concerning the government and discipline of tive Council, the said University, which shall be in force at the beginning of every Session of the said Legislative Council, or Legislative Assembly of the said Colony, and which shall not have been before that time laid before the said Legislative Council or Legislative Assembly, shall from time to time, within six weeks after the beginning of every such Session, be laid before the same by the Colonial Secretary for the time being.

36 ACT OF INCORPORATION OF XXII. And be it enacted, That the said University Proceedings shall, once at least in every year, and also whenever the sî tv sna ii nce at least pleasure of the Governor for the time being shall be? signified in that behalf, report their proceedings to the be reported said Governor and Executive Council, and a copy of ' o^&pexeevery such report shall be laid before the said Legisla- cutive countive Council or Legislative Assembly, within six weeks "f 'Report py after the same shall have been made, if such Legislative '* id before Council or Assembly be then sitting, or if not, then tive Council, within six weeks next after the meeting of the same. XXIII. Provided always, and be it declared and Act may be enacted, That nothing herein contained shall be deemed amended"! or construed to prevent the Legislature of the Colony for the time being, from altering, amending, or repealing the provisions of this Act, or any of them, as the public interest may at any time seem to render necessary or expedient. XXTV. And be it declared and enacted, That nothing Not to interin this Act contained shall be deemed to affect or to rights of Her interfere with any right, title, or interest of Her Majesty, Majesty. Her Heirs and Successors, or in any way to limit the Royal Prerogative. Passed the Legislative Conn- \ cil, this tioenty-fourth day I of September, one thousand I eight hnndred and fifty. } WM. MACPHERSON, CLERK OF THE COUNCIL. CHARLES NICHOLSON, SPEAKER. In the name and on the behalf of JECer Majesty I assent to this Act. CHA 3 A. FITZ ROY, GOVERNOR. Govt. Bouse, Sydney, 1st October, ^

37 30 UNIVERSITY An Act to amend an Act, intituled, " An Act to Incorporate and Endow the ' University of Sydney,' " 16 Vict. No. 28. [Assented to 21st December, 1852.] Preamble. WHEEEAS it is provided by an Act of the Governor and Legislative Council of New South Wales, passed in the 14 Vict., No. fourteenth year of Her Majesty's Reign, intituled, "An Act to Incorporate and JEndoiv the University of Sydney," that the Senate of the said University shall consist of sixteen Fellows, of whom one shall be elected by them as Provost, and another as Vice-Provost ; and that no question shall be decided at any meeting of the Senate unless the Provost or Vice-Provost or seven Fellows, or, in the absence of the Provost and Vice-Provost, unless eight Fellows at the least, shall be present at such decision : And whereas it is expedient that the number of such Quorum be lessened : Be it therefore enacted by His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales, with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof, as follows h' ve fth 1 " " " -^10 an^ 8^r the passing of this Act, all ques- Senate to be tions which shall come before the Senate of the said fnstexof' University may be decided at any meeting duly conseven, asdi- vened, where there shall be present five Fellows of the νϋΐ.,νό! 31* University, of whom the Provost or Vice-Provost shall be one. Passed the Legislative Court- \ cil, this fourteenth day of I December, one thousand j eight hundred and fifty-two. J WM. MACPHERSON, CLERK TO THE COUNCIL. CHARLES NICHOLSON, SPEAKER. In tlie name arid on the behalf of Ser Majesty I assent to this Act. CHA»- A. FITZ ROY, GOVERNOR. Govt. Souse, Sydney, 21s«December, 1852.

38 INCORPORATION AMENDMENT ACT OF An Act to amend the Sydney University Incorporation Act. [Assented to 26th April, 1861.] WHEREAS it is expedient to amend the Sydney University Preamble. Incorporation Act, fourteenth Victoria, number thirtyone, in respect to the Constitution of the Senate and the mode of electing the Fellows thereof : Be it therefore enacted by the'queen's Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly of New South Wales in Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same as follows ; I. The fifth and seventh sections of the Act fourteen Repeal of ss. Victoria, number thirty-one, are hereby repealed. vift/iiofsi* II. In addition to the number of sixteen Fellows of Certain Prowhom the Senate of the said University now consists, ^¾¾¾ 0 be there shall be not fewer than three nor more than six Members of ex-officio Members who shall be Professors of the said University in such branches of learning as the Senate shall from time to time by any Bye-law in that behalf select. III. Every Professor and other Public Teacher and Professors > Examiner in the Schools of the said University, every Members Principal of any Incorporated College within the said ^¾,¾ fuu University, and every Superior Officer of the said Uni- Graduates, versity declared to be such by any Bye-law duly passed shall during his tenure of such office in the University, but no longer be a Member of the said University with the same rights and privileges as are enjoyed by persons holding any or either of the Degrees of Master of Arts, Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine within the said University. rv. Every Professor or other person so declared by How future this Act to be a Member of the said University, and IM^^O" every person having taken the degree of Master of Arts, D < filled. Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine, and -keeping his name in accordance with any Bye-law in that behalf on the Register of the said University, shall have the

39 32 UNIVERSITY same privilege as the existing Fellows now have of attending and voting at the election of Fellows, and every future vacancy by death, resignation, or otherwise among the Fellows for the time being shall he filled up by the election at a meeting duly convened for the purpose of such other fit and proper person as may be elected to fill such vacancy by the majority of the following persons present at such meetings, viz., Fellows of the Senate of the said University for the time being Professors and other persons so as last aforesaid declared to be Members of the said University Graduates keeping their Names on the Register of the University who shall have taken within the said University any or either of the Degrees of Master of Arts, Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine : Provided that unless by death or resignation no such vacancy shall occur for any cause not previously specified by some Bye-law of the University duly passed. Provost and V. The Chief Officers of the University now called to' be s y] ed Provost and Vice-Provost respectively shall hereafter be Chancellor an ^e sfyl e d Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor of the Uniciianceiior. versity : Provided that the present Provost and Vice- Provost shall be the first Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor respectively : And that all the provisions of the said Act of Incorporation now applicable to the Provost and Vice-Provost and to their respective offices shall apply to the Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor and their offices respectively. Not to aflèct YJ - Nothing herein shall affect the said recited Act beyond ac- or any other Act or any Letters Patent or other instrument enact " men t or Bye-law of or relating to the said University otherwise than as is by this Act expressly enacted. Short Title. VII. This Act shall be styled and may be cited as the " Sydney University Incorporation Act Amendment Act of 1861." In the name- and on the behalf of Ser Majesty I assent to this Act. Govt. House, Sydney, 26th April, JOHN YOUNG, AnME. OF THE GuVT.

40 PURCHASE OF SYDNEY COLLEGE. 33 An Act to enable the University of Sydney to purchase the Sydney College, with the land attached thereto. 17 Vict., No. 18. [Assented to 5th September, 1853.] WHEREAS in time past a certain Institution called the Preamble. Sydney College was established by a certain number of Subscribers, forming a Joint Stock Company, for the purpose of imparting the rudiments of a liberal education to the youth of the Colony : And whereas a parcel of land in the City of Sydney was given as and for the site and other necessary purposes of the said College by the then Governor of this Colony, Sir Richard Bourke, which land was granted by Her present Majesty, by a Grant or Letters Patent bearing date the fifth day of December, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-seven, to certain Trustees therein named, and the survivor of them, and the heirs of such survivor, in and by which said grant or Letters Patent it is declared that such land was given and granted for the promotion in the said Colony of Science, Literature, and Art : And whereas a College Hall and other Buildings were erected on the said land by the said Company at a great expense : And whereas after some years the said College began to languish, and at last was temporarily closed as an educational establishment, and the said Land, College Hall, and Buildings are now occupied by the University of Sydney : And whereas William Bland, of Sydney, Esquire, is the sole surviving Trustee named in the said Grant, and is also the last appointed President of the said Sydney College : And whereas at a meeting of the Proprietors of the said Institution, held on the eighteenth day of June last, it was resolved unanimously that the said William Bland should be empowered to treat with the University of Sydney for the sale of the said Land, College Hall, and Buildings, on behalf of the said Proprietors at the full price of all the F

41 34 UXIVERSITY shares held by the said Proprietors in the said Institution : And whereas the Senate of the said University of Sydney, having had the said resolution submitted to them, have agreed, on behalf of the said University, with the said William Bland, on behalf of the said Proprietors, to purchase the said Land, College Hall, and Buildings, for the full price of all the said shares, together with the sum of one hundred and fifty pounds, the estimated expenses incurred and to be incurred by the said William Bland in and about carrying the said agreement into efíect : And whereas divers volumes of classical books, and certain scientific instruments and apparatus, and other personal property, formerly used in the educational establishment conducted in the said Sydney College, now belong to the Proprietors of the said Sydney College, as such Proprietors, which said books, instruments, apparatus, and other property are now in the possession of the Senate of the said University, and it is desirable, and the Proprietors of the said College are willing, that the same shall be transferred to and vested in the said Sydney University, for the use and benefit thereof: And whereas a certain legacy or sum of five hundred pounds, bequeathed to the said Sydney College, by the late Solomon Levey, Esquire, together with an accumulation of interest thereon, amounting in the whole to the sum of five hundred and sixty-five pounds three shillings and eleven pence, or thereabouts, is now in the possession of George Allen, Esquire, the Treasurer of the said Institution, and the intention of the said Solomon Levey will be best carried out by the said sum of money being transferred to the said University in manner hereinafter mentioned, and the Proprietors of the said Sydney College are willing that the same shall be so transferred for such purposes : And whereas such sale and purchase and the other above-mentioned objects cannot be perfected without the sanction of the Legislature : Be it therefore enacted by His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales, with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof, as follows :

42 PURCHASE OF SYDNEY COLLEGE. 35 I. The said William Bland is hereby empowered to J^t^'f'the sell, and the said University of Sydney to buy the said Sydney Coi- Land, College Hall, and other Buildings for the full S e t p s 7,; price of all the aforesaid shares in the said Institution, and the Unland the said sum of one hundred and fifty pounds, the Sydney to aforesaid estimated amount of the said expenses incurred ^5j^esald and to be incurred by the said William Bland as aforesaid ; and a conveyance of the said Land, College Hall, and other Buildings, duly executed by the said William Bland to the said University, shall be held and deemed to vest to all intents and purposes valid and absolute title in fee simple in and to the said Land, College Hall, and other Buildings in the said University of Sydney and their Successors. As t0 II. Upon the execution of such conveyance every vwtnents to Dc Proprietor of the said Sydney College shall be entitled made to the to receive on demand from the said University or the ofthff'said Senate thereof, and on such demand the said University College, or the Senate thereof shall be bound to pay to every such Proprietor the full amount of all and every share or shares in the said Institution held by such Proprietor; aod upon the execution of such conveyance the said William Bland, his executors or adminisfrators, shall also be entitled to receive on demand from the said University or the Senate thereof, and on such demand the said University or the Senate thereof shall be bound to pay to the said William Bland his executors or administrators, the aforesaid sum of one hundred and fifty pounds. III. Provided always, that in case any doubt shall J" cas ub p ro " f arise or exist as to who is or are or shall or may be prietors' entitled to any of such shares, it shall be lawful for any p a d ^0 p er. person or persons claiming to be entitled as such Pro- sons < titled prietor or Proprietors, to demand and receive any money der of any from the said University or the Senate thereof, under 1¾""*any or by virtue of the provisions hereof, to apply to the Judge Supreme Court of the said Colony or any Judge thereof, ereo ' in a summary way for an order for the payment of so much money as such person or persons shall be so entitled to receive, and such Court or Judge shall and

43 36 UXIYEBSITY may hear and determine every such application in a summary way ; and every order made by such Court or Judge thereon, directing the payment of any such money shall be binding and conclusive upon the said University and the Senate thereof, and shall be a valid and sufficient authority for any payment thereby directed to be made. ciassicaiand IV. The said books, instruments, apparatus, and other tionaibooks^ personal property belonging to the Proprietors of the &c '' c n y» sa^ Sydney College, which are now in the possession of vested in the Senate of the said University as aforesaid, shall be university. an y^ same ^6 b. ere by vested in the said University to the intent and so that the same shall be the absolute property of the said University and their Successors, for the purposes of the said University. Levey's Ie- V. It shall be lawful for the said George Allen or fraifsferred sucn other person or persons as has or have or may have to the Syd-the possession of the said sum of five hundred and "ity to found sixty-five pounds three shillings and eleven pence, or a scholar- thereabouts, and he and they is and are hereby directed, ship therein. ' >. > ' so soon as a conveyance to the said university ot the aforesaid Land, College Hall, and other Buildings, shall, under and by virtue of the provisions hereof, be executed by the said William Bland, to transfer and pay over to the said University, or the Senate thereof, the said sum of five hundred and sixty-five pounds three shillings and eleven pence, or thereabouts ; and such last-mentioned sum shall thereupon become and be the property of the said University and their Successors, to be held nevertheless by the said University and their Successors upon trust, to invest the same at interest upon such security and in such manner in all respects as the Senate of the said University shall, from time to time, in their absolute discretion think fit, and to apply the clear or net interest or income arising therefrom, in or towards the formation or endowment of a Scholarship in the said University, under such regulations as the said University and their Successors, or the Senate thereof, shall deem to be as nearly in accordance with the intentions of the said Solomon Levey in making the aforesaid bequest as circumstances may permit : Provided always, that the said

44 BUILDING FUND. 37 University and their Successors, or the Senate thereof, shall have an absolute and uncontrolled discretion in respect of making and altering all such regulations. Passed the Legislative Court- \ cil, this twenty-third day of I August, one thousand eight 1 hundred and fifty-three. ) WM. MACPHERSON, CLERK OF THE COUNCIL. CHARLES NICHOLSON, SPEAKER. In the name and on the behalf of Ser Majesty, I assent to this Act. CHA 3 A. FITZ ROY, Gout. House, Sydney, 5th September, GOVERNOR. An A.ct to provide a Fund for Building the University of Sydney. 17 Vict., No. 28. [Assented to 24th October, 1853.] WHEREAS it is expedient, with a view gradually to pro- Preamble, vide a Building Fund for the University of Sydney, that a grant for this specific purpose should be made from the General Revenue, payable by the amounts and at the periods hereinafter mentioned : Be it therefore enacted, by His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales, with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof, as follows : I. There shall be payable to the Senate of the Uni- 1^" ". versity of Sydney, out of the General Revenue of this *?d this Ses - Colony, or out of any consolidated Revenue Fund with a Building which such General Revenue may be incorporated, in ^ d fo r tne addition to the sum of five thousand pounds voted this 45,000 more Session towards a Building Fund for the said University, by^sb t e al p. aid the sum of Forty-Five thousand pounds by instalments, m ents of not not exceeding Ten thousand pounds,* nor less than Five?o,ooo ns nor thousand pounds, in each year, until the whole sum so und f 500»By a provision in a subsequent Act of Council (19 Vict. No. 38, ) the Governor was empowered to raise the full amount by loan, and to issue it " in such sums and at such times as to him might seem fit, notwithstanding the provision in the Act of Council, 19th Vict. No. 28, that the sum to be paid in any one year out of the Consolidated Revenue shall not exceed ten thousand pounds."

45 38 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES. payable shall have been issued, all which payments shall be applied by the said Senate in buildiug the University of Sydney, on such site as may be fixed upon for that purpose, and in no other manner. Detailed ac- Π. There shall be laid before the said Legislative expenditure Council, or any House of Assembly, or other House that of Jlo'ooo'to ma y ^e substituted for it, accounts in detail of the be annually expenditure of the said sum of Fifty thousand pounds, the Legisla- &η & of every part thereof, within thirty days next after tive Council the beginning of the Session after such expenditure Assembly shall have been made ; and all such accounts shall be dayvafter rty subject to examination in the same manner as all other the com- accounts of expenditure chargeable on the General 0f every Revenue of the Colony. session. JJj This Act shall commence and take effect from ment of Act. an d after the first day of January, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-four. Passed tlie Legislative Chun- \ cil, this fifth day of October, \ (me thousand eight hundred 1 and fifty-three. I WM. MACPHERSON, CLERK or THE COUNCIL. CHARLES NICHOLSON. SPEAKER. In the name and on the behalf of Ser Majesty, J assent to this Act. CHAS. A. FITZ ROY, Govt. Souse, Sydney, IUh October, GOVERNOR-GENERAL.

46 59 ACTS RELATING TO COLLEGES WITHIN THE UNIVERSITY. An Act to provide for the establishment and endowment of Colleges within the University of Sydney. 18 Vict., No. 37. [Assented to 2nd December, 1854.] WHEREAS it is expedient to encourage and assist the Preamble, establishment of Colleges, within the University of Sydney, in which Colleges systematic religious instruction, and domestic supervision, with efficient assistance in preparing for the University lectures and examinations, shall be provided for students of the University : Be it therefore enacted, by His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales, with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof, as follows : I. Whenever any College shall have been established Pecuniary and incorporated by any Act of the Governor and n a id of cer- Council, as a College within the University of Sydney, ^¾,,¾¾" and the founders of or subscribers to such College shall University have complied with the conditions mentioned in the next of s y dne y- section, such College shall be entitled to the endowments hereinafter severally mentioned, which said endowments shall be paid by the Treasurer of the Colony under warrants signed by the Governor. II. No such College, although incorporated, shall be Conditions entitled to such endowments unless and until the sum aowmènt En of ten thousand pounds, at the least, shall have been subscribed by its founders, and of that sum not less than four thousand pounds shall have been paid and invested in such manner as shall be approved of by the Governor and the residue shall have been to his satisfaction secured to be paid, within three years next following ; nor unless the whole of the said ten thousand pounds shall be devoted exclusively to the erection of College buildings, on land granted for that purpose by Her Majesty to the University, in trust for such College, (if

47 40 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES any shall be so granted, and if not, then upon land otherwise conveyed to and accepted by the University in such trust), and it shall have been agreed by the founders that the entire amount shall be so expended, if the University so require, within five years next after the first payment on account of either of such endowments. Tllere slia11 be aid out of tne ftïisfn' ΙΠ P General Revenue, ' in aid of the Building Fund of every College, so incorporated, a sum or sums not exceeding in the whole twenty thousand pounds, nor more than shall have been from time to time actually expended by the College out of its subscribed funds for the purpose of building. Endowment TV. There shall be paid out of the said General pal's salary. Revenue annually to such Incorporated College, in perpetuity, a sum of five hundred pounds, for the use of and as a salary to the Principal of such College or in aid of such salary. Conditions V. Every such Principal shall be entitled to the Endowment, annual salary hereby provided for, on the production of his own certificate, at the time of each payment, that he has during the period to which it relates performed the duties of his office : Provided that he shall transmit to the Colonial Secretary, once in each year, a certificate to the like effect, under the hands of such persons as shall be for that purpose appointed, by the constitution or rules of the particular College. Payment to Principal'. e Accruing VI. Where any person selected to be the Principal of any such College shall be out of this Colony at the time of his appointment, no such certificate shall be required until after he shall have actually entered on his duties, but he shall be entitled to the salary, (and the College. to which he shall have been appointed may receive the same accordingly for his use) from the day of his embarkation for this Colony : Provided that every Principal shall actually enter on his duties within six months after such embarkation, unless the Governor, upon being satisfied that unavoidable obstacles have intervened, shall think fit to extend that term to nine months. VII. Until the subscribed fund shall be required for

48 ENDOWMENT ACT. 41 the erection of College buildings as aforesaid, the proceeds of interest or other proceeds accruing from the investment pvd'untii ded in thereof, or of the portion remaining unexpended from ^x^ time to time, may be applied to the general purposes of the College, as the governing body of such College may determine. VIII. All students in any such College shall, im- students of mediately upon entering therein, matriculate in the 5; 1 ¾¾ ^ University, and shall thereafter continue to be members of university thereof, and submit and be subject to the discipline lectures, thereof, and shall be required duly and regularly to attend the lectures of the University on those subjects an examination and proficiency in which are required for Honors and Degrees, with the exception (if thought fit by any such College) of the lectures on Ethics, Metaphysics, and Modern History. IX. And whereas it has been resolved by the Senate Certificate as of the University of Sydney that Honors and Degrees ^^^ ^^^ shall not be given to any student who shall not produce testimonials of compétent religious attainments, and it is expedient to give legal permanency to such resolution: Be ü therefore enacted, that no Honor or Degree shall be conferred by the University on any student who shall not produce from the Principal of his College, or (if not belonging to a College) from some religious teacher, or other responsible person accredited by the University, a Certificate that he is of competent religious attainments. X. The term Principal shall include Master, Warden, or any other Head of a College. Passed the Legislative Court- \ cil, this twenty-ninth day I CHARLES NICHOLSON, of November, one thousand j SPEAKER. eight hundred S; fifty-four. } WM. MACPHEESON, CLERK OP THE COUNCIL. In the name and on the behalf of Ser Majesty I assent to this Act. CHA» A. FITZ ROY, GOVERNOR-GENERAL. Govt. House, Sydney, 2nd December, By an Act passed during the Session of 1S5S, CJause IX. has been repealed.

49 42 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES. An Act to Incorporate Saint Paul's College as a College within the University of Sydney. 18 Vict. [Assented to 1st December, 1854.] Preamble. WHEKEAS considerable funds have been subscribed for the Institution and Endowment in the Diocese of Sydney of a College within the University of Sydney, in connection with the United Church of England and Ireland, to be called Saint Paul's College, wherein due religious instruction, in accordance with the doctrines and discipline of that Church, shall be afforded, and provision be made, as soon as may be practicable, for the residence of students, under proper academical control : And whereas it is expedient that the said College (to be governed by a Council consisting of the persons hereinafter mentioned) should be Incorporated : Be it therefore enacted by His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales, with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof, as follows : P 1- If"* 11! 8 "" ^0 soon as ^ sna ll be made to appear to the satiscorporated. faction of the Governor that a sum of not less than ten thousand pounds has been subscribed or contributed for the Endowment aforesaid, and that the amount has either been paid, or secured to be paid, for that purpose, and that a Warden and six Fellows for the Government of the said College, in accordance with the constitution thereof, as in this Act set forth, have been duly appointed and elected respectively, the same shall be notified by Proclamation in the New South Wales Government Gazette, under the hand of the Governor ; and immediately upon such notification, and from thenceforth, the Warden and Fellows of the same College, shall be, and they are hereby constituted a Body Politic and Corporate, by the name of " The Warden and Fellows of Saint Paul's College," by which name the said incorporated body shall have perpetual succession, and shall have a Common Seal, and shall sue and be sued, or otherwise appear and answer and be answered ; and may take and hold to them and their

50 ST. PAUL'S ACT OP INCORPORATION. 43 successors, by grant, will, or otherwise, in perpetuity, or for any term of life or years, as well chattels and other personal property, as lands, buildings, and other hereditaments, and the same or any part thereof may alien, or otherwise dispose of, or demise ; and also shall or may do all other things incident or appertaining to a Body Politic and Corporate. II. Provided always, That it shall not be lawful for ^es st 0 ni g " f the said Corporation, or any persons or person seized of Lands deor entitled to Lands in trust for the Corporation, or for ï e h e c. T the purposes of the College, to alienate, mortgage, charge or demise any lands or hereditaments granted to or in trust for the Corporation, or for College purposes, by Her Majesty or Her Successors, without the consent in writing of the Governor, with the advice of the Executive Council, for the time being. III. The said Body Politic or Corporate shall consist garden and of a Warden and eighteen Fellows, of whom six shall lows to conalways be Clergymen in Priest's Orders of the United coundu Church of England and Ireland, and twelve shall be laymen ; * which said eighteen Fellows shall elect si from their own body, to be called Senior Fellows, who shall appoint the Warden, who shall not he one of themselves ; and the Warden and six Senior Fellows for the time being shall together form a Council, to be called " The Council of St. Paul's College," in which shall be vested at all times the government in every respect of the College, and all matters relating thereto. IV. The Bishop of the Diocese of Sydney shall be visitor. Visitor of the College, with all such powers as by law appertain to the office of a Visitor of College. V. The Warden shall always be a Clergyman in Warden and Priest's Orders of the aforesaid United Church : and he ^6" War " shall have power to appoint a Vice-Warden, who shall in the Warden's absence have all the powers and discharge all the duties of a Warden. VI. The Warden and Vice-Warden shall be respec- Removal or tively hable to removal or suspension, for sufficient cause, suspenslon by the Senior Fellows, subject to an appeal to the * Repealed as regards the distinction between Senior and Junior Fellows by an Act passed in 1S57.

51 44 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES. Senior Fellows. Vacancies. Election of Fellows. Visitor ; and the Vice-Warden shall also be liable to removal or suspension by the Warden, subject to an appeal to the Senior Fellows. VII. Of the Senior Fellows three shall always be Clergymen in Priest's Orders as aforesaid, and the other three shall be laymen. VIII. All vacancies in the office of Warden or in the number of Fellows, or Senior Fellows, occasioned by death, resignation, or removal, or other cause, shall, as soon as conveniently may be after the vacancy, (on notification of the fact under the hand of two Fellows, or Senior Fellows), be supplied in the manner following, that is to say,- in the office of Warden by the Senior Fellows ; in the office or place of Senior Fellow, by the twelve other Fellows, from their own body ; and in the place or post of Fellows, by the remaining Fellows. IX. Provided that the first eighteen Fellows shall be elected by the subscribers to the funds of the College, in such manner as they shall among themselves appoint: And that all vacancies in the number of Fellows (not being Senior Fellows), so soon as there shall be twenty Members of the College who are Graduates of the University, continuing on the books of the College, shall be supplied by election by such Graduates, in. such manner as the Council may appoint. Saint Paul's X. The College of Saint Paul hereby incorporated College to be a College of shall be a College of and within the University of and within Sydney ; and all Students in the College shall immesity. " diately upon entering therein matriculate in the said University, and shall submit and be subject to the discipline thereof, and shall continue in the College so long only as they shall be Members of the University, and shall be required duly and regularly to attend the Lectures of the University on those subjects an examination and proficiency in which are required for Honors and Degrees, with the exception (if thought fit by the Council) of the Lectures on Ethics, Metaphysics, and Modern History, clergy resi- XI. In case a Church Constitution for the aforesaid CoHege" the United Church within this Colony shall be hereafter

52 ST. PAUL'S ACT OF INCORPORATION. 45 established by any Act or Statute passed for that purpose, every Clergyman resident in the College shall be subject to all such regulations as may (by or in pursuance of such Church Constitution) be enacted for the government of the Clergy in general. XII. The Council of the College shall have power, Power to from time to time, to make and establish all such Bye- ^ Bye " Laws and Rules, for carrying into effect the several provisions and objects for this Act, and particularly for declaring the causes which shall create vacancies in the office of Fellow or Senior Fellow, and directing who shall preside at Meetings of the Council, and of the Fellows, and for the management of the College, and prescribing the duties of the several officers thereof, and of the Warden and Vice-Warden, and the ordering of all things in and connected with the College, and the discipline thereof, to the promotion of Religion and Learning, as to the said Council shall seem expedient ; and such lawn and Rules, or any of them, from time to time to alter or revoke, or to substitute others in their place. XIII. Provided that every such Bye-Law and Rule B >' e aws t0 i- shall be transmitted to the Governor, within thirty days f 0re the Leaner being made, to be by him laid before the Legis- s islature lative Council or Houses of Legislature of the Colony as soon as conveniently may be thereafter. XIV. Provided also that the Warden or Vice-Warden control over of the College, subject only to the Laws and Rules so made, shall hare the general superintendence and control of the Students, and of the Institution. XV. The votes at all meetings of the Fellows, or vote and Senior Fellows, or Council, (except votes for a Senior f,tl""l."' FeI^v, or the appointment of a Warden,) shall be taken exclusively of the person presiding, unless there shall be an equality of votes ; and in every case where all the Fellows or Senior Fellows resident within fifty miles of Sydney, entitled to attend, shall have had notice of the time and place of intended meeting, one Clerical and one Lay Member of the Council, with the Warden, shall constitute a Meeting of the Council, and two Clerical and two Lay Fellows with one presiding Fellow shall

53 46 UNrV 7 EESITY COLLEGES. constitute a Meeting of the Fellows, and the votes and proceedings of the majority at any such Meeting shall be taken and accepted as the votes and proceedings of the Council of Fellows respectively. Special pow- XYl. Provided that it shall be lawful for the Council, er by Bye- Laws. by any Bye-Law or Bye-Laws by them made, and assented to by the Fellows, to ordain and appoint that the person presiding at any Meeting, whether of the Council, or the Fellows, or the Senior Fellows, shall have a deliberative as well as a casting vote ; and to alter the mode of supplying vacancies in the office of Fellow, by ordaining and appointing that such vacancies, until twenty Graduates have become qualified as Electors, shall be supplied by the remaining Fellows, and the Graduates (continuing on the books of the College) jointly. Temporary XVII. No temporary vacancy or vacancies in the not*" preju- office of Warden, or in the number of Fellows or Senior di e '.^Cor - Fellows of the College, shall be deemed in any way to affect the Constitution of the College, or its privileges or status as an Incorporated Body. Passed the Legislative Council, \ this twenty-eighth day of I CHARLES NICHOLSON, November, one thousand eight ι SPEAKEU. hundred mid fifty-four. ) WM. ItACPHERSON, CLEKK OF THE COUNCIL. In the name and on the behalf of Ser Majesty, I assent to this Act. CHAS. A. FITZ ROY, GOVERNOR-GENEUAL. Govt. House, Sydney, 1st December, 1854.

54 ST. PAUL'S INCORP. AMENDAIENT ACT. 47 An Act to Enlarge the Council of St. Paul's College. [Assented to 15th December, 1857.] WHEKEAS by an Act passed in the eighteenth year of Preamble. Her Majesty for the Incorporation of St. Paul's College, it was enacted that the Fellows of the College should elect six of their own Body, to be called Senior Fellows, who with the Warden should form the Council of the College. And whereas it is deemed expedient by the Warden, Senior Fellows, and Fellows of the said College that the Council thereof should in future consist of the Warden and all the Fellows without distinction, but that change can only be effected by the authority of the Legislature : Be it therefore enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly of New South Wales, in Parliament assembled and by the authority of the same as follows : I. After the passing of this Act, the distinction be- council to tween " Fellows " and " Senior Fellows " of St. Paul's Fellows" and College shall cease, and no Senior Fellow be elected ; senior Feiand the Council of the College shall consist of the Warden and eighteen Fellows for the time being, and in those Fellows the powers now residing exclusively in the Senior Fellows shall be vested. II. Every vacancy hereafter arising in the number of X acan fj{ ies la t Fellows, shall be notified to the remaining Fellows by Fellow. the Warden on the requisition in writing of any two Fellows, and he shall as soon afterwards as may be practicable, convene a Meeting of the Fellows to supply such vacancy. III. Before any Meeting of the Council or Fellows Quorum of shall take place, every Fellow resident within fifty miles of Sydney shall have reasonable notice of the day and place of Meeting, and two Clerical and two Lay Fellows, exclusive of the Warden or Presiding Fellow, shall constitute a Quorum.

55 48 UXIYEESITY COLLEGES. An Act to Incorporate Saint John's College as a College within the University of Sydney. [Assented to 15th December, 1857.] Preamble. WHEEEAS considerable funds have been subscribed for the Institution and Endowment in the Archdiocese of Sydney of a Roman Catholic College within the University of Sydney, to be called " The College of Saint John the Evangelist," wherein the Students shall receive systematic religious instruction and be brought up in the doctrines and discipline of the Roman Catholic Church, and provision be made for the residence of the Students and their preparation for the University Lectures and Examinations under Collegiate control. And whereas it is expedient that the said College should be incorporated : Be it therefore enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly of New South Wales in Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same as follows : - Saint John's I. So soon as it shall be made to appear to the satisco rporated" action of the Governor that a sum of not less than ten thousand pounds has been subscribed or contributed for the Endowment aforesaid, and that the amount has either been paid or secured to be paid for that purpose, and that a Rector and eighteen Fellows for the Government of the said College in accordance with the constitution thereof, as in this Act set forth, have been duly appointed and elected respectively, the same shall be notified by Proclamation in the New South Wales Government Gazette, under the hand of the Governor ; and immediately upon such notification and from thenceforth the Rector and Fellows of the same College shall be and they are hereby constituted a Body Politic and Corporate, by the name of " The Rector and Fellows of St. John's College," by which name the said incorporated body shall have perpetual succession and a common seal, and shall sue and be sued or otherwise appear and

56 ST. JOHN'S INCORPOEATION ACT. 49 answer and be answered, and may take and hold to them and their successors by grant will or otherwise in perpetuity or for any term of life or years as well chattels and other personal property as lands buildings and other hereditaments, and the same or any part thereof may alien or otherwise dispose of or demise, and also shall or may do all other things incident or appertaining to a Body Politic and Corporate. IT. Provided always that it shall not be lawful for the»«training said Corporation or any persons or person seized of or?an5 derivéd entitled to'lands in trust for the Corporation, or for the l '<> m the purposes of the College to alienate, mortgage, charge or demise any lands or hereditaments granted to or in trust for the Corporation, or for College purposes by Her Majesty or Her Successors, without the consent in writing of the Governor, with the advice of the Executive Council for the time being. III. The said Body Politic or Corporate shall consist p e íj t0 s and of a Rector and eighteen Fellows, of whom six shall constitute a always be duly approved Priests and twelve shall be Councl1 laymen, which said eighteen Fellows shall appoint the Rector who shall not be one of themselves, and the Rector and Fellows for the time being shall together form a Council to be called " The Council of St. John's College," in which shall be vested at all times the Government in every respect of the College and all matters relating thereto. IV. The Roman Catholic Archbishop of Sydney shall visitor. be Visitor of the College, with all such powers as by law appertain to the office of Visitor of a College. V. The Rector shall always be a duly approved Priest, *? ct0 antl ' and the Council shall have power to appoint a Vice- Rector who shall in the Rector's absence have all the powers and discharge all the duties of Rector. VI. The Rector and Vice-Rector shall be respectively Removal or liable to removal or suspension for sufficient cause by sus P ensl0n the Fellows subject to an appeal to the Visitor. VEI. All vacancies in the office of Rector or in the vacancies. number of Fellows, occasioned by death, resignation, or removal, or other cause, shall as soon as conveniently G

57 50 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES. may be after the vacancy (on notification of the fact under the hand of two Fellows) be supplied in the manner following, that is to say, in the office of Rector by the Fellows, and in the place or post of Fellow by the remaining Fellows. Election of VIII. Provided that the first eighteen Fellows shall be elected by the Subscribers to the funds of the College at a meeting of the Subscribers to be convened by the Visitor by notice in one or more newspapers published in Sydney at least one fortnigtht before the day appointed for such meeting. And that all vacancies in the number of Fellows so soon as there shall be twenty Members of the College who are Graduates of the University continuing on the books of the College shall be supplied by the remaining Fellows, and the said Graduates in such manner as the Council may appoint, saint John's IX. The College of Saint John hereby incorporated»"college of shall he a College of and within the University of and within Sydney, and all Students in the College shall immesity. diately upon entering therein matriculate in the said University, and shall thereafter continue to be Members thereof, and submit and be subject to the discipline thereof, and shall be required duly and regularly to attend the Lectures of the University on those subjects, an examination and proficiency in which are required for Honors and Degrees, with the exception (if thought fit by the Council) of the Lectures on Ethics, Metaphysics, and Modern History. Power to χ. The Council of the College shall have power from Laws. ye time to time to make and establish all such Bye-Laws and Rules for carrying into effect the several provisions and objects of this Act, and particularly for declaring the causes which shall create vacancies in the office of Fellow, and directing who shall preside at Meetings of the Council and of the Fellows and for the management of the College, and prescribing the duties of the several officers thereof, and of the Rector and Vice Rector, and the ordering of all things in and connected with the College, and the discipline thereof as to the said Council shall seem expedient, and such Laws and Rules or any

58 ST. JOHN'S INCORPORATION ACT. 51 of them from time to time to alter or revoke or to substitute others in their place. XI. Provided that every such Bye-law and Rule shall ***???'* t0 *? belaid betöre be transmitted to the Governor within thirty days after Parliament, being made, to be by him laid before the Houses of» Parliament of the Colony as soon as conveniently may be thereafter. XII. Provided also that the Rector or Vice-Rector of control ovet the College, subject only to the Laws and Rules so made, shall have the general superintendence and control of the Students and of the Institution. XIII. The votes at all meetings of the Council v 'e and (except votes for the appointment of a Rector) shall be Meetings, taken exclusively of the person presiding, unless there shall be an equality of votes, in which case he shall have a casting vote, and in every case where all the Fellows resident within fifty miles of Sydney entitled to attend shall have had notice of the time and place of intended meeting, one Clerical and two Lay Members of the Council with the Rector shall constitute a meeting of the Council, and the votes and proceedings of the majority at any such meeting shall be taken and accepted as the votes and proceedings of the Council or Fellows respectively. XIV. Provided that it shall be lawful for the Council special powby any Bye-Law or Bye-Laws to alter the mode of Slip- * r ^ Β^β" plying vacancies in the office of Fellow by ordaining and appointing that such vacancies, until twenty Graduates have become qualified as Electors, shall be supplied by the remaining Fellows, and the Graduates (continuing on the books of the College) jointly. XV. No temporary vacancy or vacancies in the office Temporary of Rector or in the number of Fellows of the College i" a C prejushall be deemed in any way to affect the Constitution of &'"* ^e corthe College, or its privileges or status as an Incorporated pora I0n ' Body.

59 52 raivebsity COLLEGES. An Act to Incorporate Wesley College as a College within the University of Sydney. [Assented to 1st June, 1860.] Preamble. WHEEEAS considerable sums have been subscribed for the Institution and Endowment in the Colony of New South Wales of a College within the University of Sydney, to be called "Wesley College," wherein the Students shall receive systematic religious instruction and be brought up in the doctrines and discipline of the Wesleyan Methodist Church, and provision be made for the residence of the Students and their preparation for the University Lectures and Examinations under Collegiate control. And whereas it is expedient that the said College should be Incorporated. Be it therefore enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly of New South Wales in Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same as follows : Wesley Col- I. So soon as it shall be made to appear to the ioratey. ' satisfaction of the Governor that a sum of not less than ten thousand pounds has been subscribed or contributed for the endowment aforesaid, and that the amount has either been paid or secured to be paid for that purpose, and that a Principal and twelve Fellows for the government of the said College, in accordance with the constitution thereof as in this Act set forth, have been duly appointed and elected respectively, the same shall be notified by Proclamation in the New South Wales Government Gazette under the hand of the Governor, and immediately upon such notification and from thenceforth the Principal and Fellows of the same College shall be and they are hereby constituted a Body Politic and Corporate by the name of the " Principal and Fellows of Wesley College," by which name the said Incorporated Body shall have perpetual succession and a common seal, and shall sue and be sued, or otherwise

60 WESLEY IXCOJiPOKATION ACT. 53 appear and answer and be answered, and may take and hold to them and their successors by grant, will, or otherwise, in perpetuity or for any term of life or years, as well chattels and other personal property, as lands, buildings, and other hereditaments, and the same or any part thereof may alien or otherwise dispose of or demise, and also shall or may do all other things incident or appertaining to a Body Politic and Corporate. II. Provided always that it shall not be lawful for the Restraining said Corporation or any persons or person seized of or Lands deentitled to lands in trust for the Corporation or for the ^c/own. purposes of the College to alienate, mortgage, charge, or demise any lands or hereditaments granted to or in trust for the Corporation or for College purposes, by Her Majesty or Her Successors, without the consent in writing of the Governor with the advice of the Executive Council for the time being. III. The said Body Politic or Corporate shall consist Principal of a Principal and twelve Fellows, of whom four shall to constitute always be Wesleyan Methodist Ministers in full connec- a C 0 " 1 "=» 1 tion with the Conference, and eight shall be Laymen who shall be communicants with the Wesleyan Methodist Church, and of whom five at least shall be members of the "Wesleyan Methodist Society, which said twelve Fellows, with the principal of the College, shall together form a Council, to be called " The Council of Wesley College," in which shall be vested at all times the government in every respect of the College and all matters relating thereto. Provided that the ceasing of any person to hold the qualification under which he is elected a Fellow, shall vpso facto vacate his seat.!tv". The four senior Ministers resident for the time Clerical being in the County of Cumberland, not being Supernumeraries, shall be the clerical members of the Council. V. The Principal, who shall not be a Fellow, shall Principal, always be a Wesleyan Methodist Minister in full connection with the said Conference, and shall be appointed by the Fellows. Provided that any Minister in connection with the Wesleyan Methodist Conference in Great Britain or Ireland, shall be eligible, and may be

61 54 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES. appointed to the office of Principal, if after his acceptance of office aud before entering upon the duties thereof, he shall become a Member of the Conference defined in the twenty-fourth section of this Act. visitor. VI. The President for the time being of the Conference or in his absence from the Colony of New South Wales, the Chairman for the time being of the New South Wales District shall be Visitor of the College, and shall have the right to visit the College at any time, to examine into the manner in which it is conducted, and to see that its laws and regulations are duly observed and executed. Removal or VII The Principal shall be Kable to removal or suspension. SUSp eilg i 0I1 f rom n i s office as such Principal for sufficient cause by the Fellows subject to an appeal to the Visitor in any case involving his moral character, provided that if the ground of complaint shall concern the Theological or Religious Doctrines or Teaching of the Principal, the Fellows shall not adjudicate thereon, but shall remit the same for trial to the properly constituted Methodistic Courts, whose decision shall be final. Confirmation VIII. The decision of the Fellows for the removal or quent meet- suspension of the Principal shall not take effect unless it '" shall be confirmed by three-fourths of the Fellows present at a subsequent meeting, of which seven days previous notice shall have been given, and at which not less than three-fourths of the whole number of Fellows shall be present, vacancies. IX, All vacancies in the office of Principal or in the number of Lay Fellows occasioned by death, resignation, or removal, or other cause, shall, as soon as conveniently may be after the vacancy (on notification of the fact under the hand of two Fellows) be supplied in the manner following, that is to say, in the office of Principal by the Fellows, and in the place or post of Lay Fellow by the remaining Fellows. Lay Fellows X. The first eight Lay Fellows shall be elected by Contributors Ballot as hereinafter provided by the Contributors to by Ballot. the Institution and Endowment of the said College, whose number of Votes respectively shall be according

62 WESLEY INCORPORATION ACT. 55 to the following scale of their paid up contributions : Amount Paid. Number of Votes. Scale of 1 and not exceeding 5 One Above 5 and not exceeding 50 Two Above 50 and not exceeding 100 Three Above 100 and not exceeding 200 Tour Exceeding 200 Five XI. On or before a day to be fixed by the Provisional One Candi- Committee, and twice advertised in one or more Sydney proposed" by daily papers, such day not being earlier than fourteen y tw Con s " days after the first such advertisement, any two Contributors entitled to vote may, in writing under their hands addressed to such Committee, propose as a Candidate for such election, one layman being a communicant with the Wesleyan Methodist Church, and such proposers, shall, under their hands, state that fact, and also whether such Candidate is or is not a Member of the Wesleyan Methodist Society. XII. The Provisional Committee shall cause an List of Can- Alphabetical List to be made of all Candidates so J^ns t^t proposed, with their residences, designations, and of Scrutiqualifications, and shall on an early day appoint by neer ' ordinary Ballot three Members of their own Body to be Scrutineers for managing the Election, to whom copies of such List shall be furnished. XIII. The Scrutineers shall cause a sufficient number List to be of copies of such List for the purpose hereinafter J, ^s 3 BaImentioned, to be printed with the heading " Balloting ioting Paper Paper for Eight Lay Fellows of Wesley College," and tributor. with an Address of the Scrutineers in Sydney so indorsed as to serve for the return of the Paper when folded, and shall transmit by Post or otherwise to each Contributor one such Ballot Paper marked at the top thereof under the hand of one such Scrutineer with a number corresponding with the number of votes to which such Contributor is entitled. And the said Scrutineer shall place under Seal until the Election is completed all the remaining Ballot Papers. XIV. Every Contributor shall, on the Ballot Paper so How Ballot transmitted to him, make a cross or other distinct mark marked and

63 56 UNIVERSITY COLLEGES. Examination of Ballot Papers and Declara tion of Election. Election of Fellows. Wesley College to be a College of and within the University. Power to make Bye- I.aws. in front of the names of the Candidates, not exceeding eight, for whom he desires to vote, and shall transmit such paper folded and sealed by post or otherwise to the address thereon indorsed before a day, to be fixed and advertised in manner aforesaid. XV. On the day so fixed as last aforesaid, or so soon thereafter as conveniently may be the Scrutineers shall meet in Sydney, and they or any two of them shall open and examine all the returned Ballot Papers, and shall make a list of all the Candidates for whom any vote shall have been given in the order of the collective number of their votes, and of these Candidates the five Members of the Wesleyan Methodist Society who shall have the greatest number of votes, and after the selection of these, the three Candidates who shall then stand highest on the list, shall be declared by the said Scrutineers to be and shall be the first eight Lay Fellows of'wesley College. XVI. All vacancies in the number of Lay Fellows, so soon as there shall be twenty Members of the College who are Graduates of the University, continuing on the books of the College and being Members of the Wesleyan Methodist Church, shall be supplied by the remaining Fellows, and the said Graduates in such manner as the Council may appoint. XVII. Wesley College, hereby incorporated, shall be a College of and within the University of Sydney, and all Students in the College shall immediately upon entering therein, matriculate in the said University, and shall thereafter continue to be Members thereof, and submit and be subject to the discipline thereof, and shall be required duly and regularly to attend the Lectures of the University on those subjects, an examination and proficiency in which are required for Honors and Degrees. XVIII. The Council of the College shall have power from time to time to make and establish all such byelaws and rules for carrying into effect the several provisions and objects of this Act, and particularly for declaring the causes which shall create vacancies in the

64 WESLEY INCORPORATION ACT. 57 office of Fellow, and directing who shall preside at Meetings of the Council and of the Fellows, and for the management of the College, and prescribing the duties of the several officers thereof, and of the Principal, and the ordering of all things in and connected with the College and the discipline thereof, as to the said Council shall seem expedient, and such laws and rules or any of them from time to time to alter or revoke or substitute others in their place. XIX. Provided that every such bye-law and rule shall P 3^jJ^8.' 0 be transmitted to the Governor within thirty days after fore Pariiabeing made, to be by him laid before the Houses of ment ' Parliament in the Colony as soon as conveniently may be thereafter, and shall also be transmitted to the President of the Conference to be laid before the Conference then next to be holden. XX. Provided also that the Principal of the College Control oyer subject only to the laws and rules so made, shall have the general superintendence and control of the Students and of the Institution. XXI. The votes at all meetings of the Fellows or v te and Council (except votes for the appointment of a Principal) meetings, shall be taken exclusively of the person presiding, unless there shall be an equality of votes, and in every case where all the Fellows resident within fifty miles of Sydney entitled to attend, shall have had notice of the time, place, and object of the intended meeting ; one Clerical, and two Lay Members of the Council, with the Principal, shall constitute a meeting of the Council, and two Clerical and four Lay Fellows with one presiding Fellow, shall constitute a meeting of the Fellows, and the votes and proceedings of the majority at any such meeting shall be taken and accepted as the votes and proceedings of the Council or Fellows respectively. XXII. Provided that it shall be lawful for the Council special" powby any bye-law or bye-laws to ordain and appoint, that Laws 5! ye " the person presiding at any meeting of the Council shall have a deliberate as well as a casting vote, and to alter the mode of supplying vacancies in the office of Fellow by ordaining and appointing, that such vacancies

65 58 UNIVEKSITY COLLEGES. until twenty Graduates have become qualified as electors shall be supplied by the remaining Fellows, and the Graduates (continuing on the books of the College and being members of the Wesleyan Church) jointly. Temporary XXIII. No temporary vacancy or vacancies in the nomo'preiu- omce f Principal or in the number of Fellows of the dice tie Cor- College, shall be deemed in any way to affect the conporation. stitution of the College, or its privileges or status as an Incorporated Body, interpreta- XXIV. For the purposes of this Act, the following tion clause, terms shall have the meanings hereinafter assigned to them respectively, so far as such meaning is not excluded by or inconsistent with the context. The term " Conference " shall mean or refer to the Wesleyan Methodist Conference, administering the affairs of the Wesleyan Methodist Church in New South Wales. The term " Layman " shall mean or refer to all persons other than Ministers in full or Preachers in probationary connexion with the said Conference, or with any other Wesleyan Methodist Conference, recognized by the said Conference.

66 DEED OF GJiANT. DEED OF GRANT UNBER WHICH THE UNIVERSITY HOLDS THE LAND GRANTED TO IT BT THE CROWN. Victoria, by the Grace of God of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Queen, Defender of the Faith, &c, &c. To all to whom these presents shall come Greeting. WHEREAS by an Act of the Governor and Legislative Council of the Colony of New South Wales, passed in the fourteenth year of our Reign, intituled " An Act to Incorporate and Endow the University of Sydney," a Senate consisting of Sixteen Fellows to be nominated and appointed : and also were thereafter duly nominated and appointed, as by that Act is directed, was constituted a Body Politic and Corporate with perpetual succession, by the name of the " University of Sydney :" And the said Body Politic were by that name rendered capable in Law, to take, purchase, and hold to them and their successors not only such lands, buildings, hereditaments, and possessions, as might from time to time be exclusively used and occupied for the immediate requirements of the said University, but also any other lands, buildings, hereditaments, and possessions whatsoever, and to grant, demise, alien or otherwise dispose of all or any of the property, real or personal, belonging to the said University : And also to do all other matters and things incidental to or appertaining to a Body Politic : And whereas provision has been made by the said Governor and Legislative Council for defraying the cost of erecting buildings for the purposes of the said University : And application has been made to us for a Grant of Land whereon to erect such buildings, and for the formation

67 TWIVEBSITY of a Park and Gardens in connection therewith : And whereas it is contemplated that Colleges shall be established within the said University, in which Colleges systematic religious instruction and domestic supervision with efficient assistance in preparing for the University lectures and examinations shall be provided for Students in the said University : And the said Governor and Legislative Council have made provision for assisting the erection of the necessary buildings for such Colleges upon land to be granted for that purpose by us to the said University in Trust for such Colleges if any should be so granted, and if not, then upon land otherwise conveyed to and accepted by the University upon such trusts : And whereas it is expected that Colleges connected with the four several Churches or religious denominations hereinafter particularly mentioned will shortly be established within the said University, and application has been made to us for land to be granted to the said University in trust for such four several Colleges : And whereas it has been determined on our behalf by his Excellency Sir Charles Augustus Fitz Roy, our Governor-General of our Australasian Possessions, and Governor of our Territory and Colony of New South Wales, with the advice of the Executive Council of our said Colony, that certain lands situate near the City of Sydney, comprising in all one hundred and twenty-six acres, more or less, and which lands are hereinafter more particularly described, shall be appropriated and granted upon the terms and conditions hereinafter mentioned for the uses and purposes of the said University and of Colleges within the same : And whereas we being desirous of encouraging the said University, and of assisting the establishment of Colleges within the same, to the end that religion, virtue, and sound learning may be by means of the said University and Colleges better advanced within our said Territory of New South Wales have approved of the said determination so made on our behalf : And whereas by reason of the four Colleges herein more particularly mentioned being so as aforesaid expected to be shortly established

68 DEED OF GEANT. 61 but without the intention of thereby creating any distinction whatsoever of classes or denominations amongst our subjects resident in our said Colony, we have approved of the special provision hereinafter contained being made at this time for such four several Colleges : Now know ye that for the purposes aforesaid we of our own special grace do for us, our heirs and successors, hereby grant unto " The University of Sydney," so constituted and incorporated as aforesaid : AU that piece or parcel of land situate lying and being in the parish of Petersham and County of Cumberland in the Colony aforesaid, containing by admeasurement one hundred and twenty-six acres, more or less, commencing at a point on the south side of the Parramatta Road, distant seventy-three links, south-westerly from the north-west corner of the Toll Grate House, and bounded on the east by a curved line of fence, the general bearing being south forty degrees forty-four minutes, west four chains twenty-four links, thence south thirty-one degrees twenty minutes, west six chains and seventeen links, thence south seven degrees, east five chains and eightynine links, thence south eighteen degrees forty-five minutes, west three chains and nine links, thence south" two degrees, west five chains sixty-seven links, and thence south fourteen degrees thirty minutes, east six chains and fifty-two links, to the present or new New Town Road, and thence by that Road bearing southwesterly four chains and sixty-one links to the site granted for an Episcopal Residence, on the south-west by the north-east boundary line of that land bearing north-westerly seven chains and sixty-five links, on the south-east by the north-west boundary line of that land bearing south-westerly four chains aud sixty links, on the north-east by the south-western boundary line of that land in its prolongation bearing south-easterly eight chains and forty-eight links to a reserved street on the south by that street dividing it from the Camperdown Estate bearing west eleven degrees thirty minutes, south twenty chains and fifty-one links to a reserved road, again on the south-west by that road bearing north

69 62 UNIVERSITY twenty-fonr degrees thirty minutes, west thirteen chains and seventy links, thence west thirty-eight degrees twenty minutes, north thirteen chains and seventy-six links to the southernmost corner of the Roman Catholic Church allotment, on the north-west by the south-eastern boundary lines of the Roman Catholic Church Parsonage and School allotments bearing north-easterly four chains, again on the south-west by the north-east boundary line of the said School allotment five chains and fifty-three links to the Parramatta Road, and again on the northwest by that Road and its embankments and cuttings bearing north-easterly to the point of commencement aforesaid : With all the rights, privileges, members and appurtenances thereunto belonging or in anywise appertaining : To hold unto the said University of Sydney and their successors for ever : Yielding and paying therefore yearly unto us, our heirs and successors, the Quit Rent of one peppercorn for ever, if demanded, for the purposes and upon the trusts hereinafter mentioned, that is to say : As to so much of the said piece or parcel of land hereby granted as shall not be set apart by the Senate of the University for the Sub-grants hereinafter mentioned upon trust for the erection thereon of buildings for the said University, and for the formation of a Park and Gardens in connection therewith ; and as to four several portions of the said land so hereby granted to consist each of not less than eighteen acres to be selected by the said Senate upon the trusts following, that is to say : As to one such portion of the said land hereby granted upon trust when and so soon as a College in connection with the United Church of England and Ireland shall have been duly established and incorporated as a College within the said University, and the founders thereof or Subscribers to the same stiall have complied with the conditions of public endowment, mentioned in the Act of the said Governor and Legislative Council, passed in the present year of our reign, intituled " An Act to provide for the establishment and endowment of Colleges within the University of Sydney," to make and execute a Sub-grant of such piece or parcel

70 DEED OF GRANT. of land to Trustees for such College for the purposes and upon tbe conditions hereinafter mentioned : And as to one other such portion of the said land hereby granted to the said University upon the like trust for a College in connection with the Church of Rome, when the same shall have been in like manner established and incorporated as a College within the said University, and the founders thereof or the Subscribers to the same shall have complied with the said conditions of public endowment : And as to one other such portion of the said land hereby granted to the said University upon the like trust for a College in connection with the Church of Scotland, when the same shall have been in like manner established and incorporated as a College within the said University, and the founders thereof or subscribers to the same shall have complied with the said conditions of public endowment : And as to one other such portion of the said land hereby granted to the said University upon the like trusts for a College in connection with the Religious Society, denominated " Wesleyan Methodists," when the same shall have been in like manner established and incorporated as a College within the said University, and the founders thereof or subscribers to the same shall have complied with the said conditions of public endowment : Provided always, that the said University shall not be obliged to make any such Sub-grant upon trust for any or either of such Colleges which shall not have become so established and incorporated, or whereof the founders or subscribers to the same shallnothave complied with the said conditions of public endowment within five years from the date of the issue of these presents : Provided. also, that if any or either of the above declared trusts shall lapse by reason of such failure as in the preceding proviso is mentioned, or if any or either of the said four portions of land so set apart for Sub-grants as aforesaid, shall after the Sub-grant thereof, in accordance herewith in trust for any or either of the said four Colleges, become re-vested in the said University under or by virtue of the proviso hereinafter lastly contained, then and in either of such

71 C-I UNWEESITY cases the said University shall hold the portions or portion of and in respect of which any such lapse shall have occurred, or which shall have become re-vested as aforesaid upon trust to make and execute such Sub-grant or Sub-grants thereof, or of any portion or portions thereof respectively, as shall be in that behalf directed by the Governor of our said Colony, for the time being, with the advice of the said Executive Council upon trust for such College or Colleges within the said University, as the said Governor and Executive Council shall think fit, and as shall be in our behalf named and declared by an instrument or instruments to be executed by the Governor for the time being under the Great Seal of the Colony : And we do hereby direct that the said several Sub-grants shall be made upon trusts for the erection upon the lands thereby Sub-granted or conveyed of buildings for the uses and purposes of such Colleges respectively, and for the formation of Gardens and Grounds for recreation and exercise in connection therewith : And that each of such Sub-grants shall be made to five Trustees of whom two and their successors (one of them being the Provost or Vice-Provost of the University,) shall be nominated by the Senate of the said University : And other two and their successors shall be nominated by the Councils or other Governing Bodies of the said Colleges respectively, or by the Heads of the Religious denominations (if any) in connection with which such Colleges may respectively have been established, (as may have been determined by the constitutions of such Colleges respectively,) and of whom the fifth and his successors shall be chosen and nominated by the other four Trustees or their successors, or in default thereof shall be nominated by the said Senate : And we do hereby further direct, that the said several Sub-grants shall be made upon the conditions that the buildings to be erected upon the lands respectively thereby conveyed shall be completed within five years from the issue of such Sub-grants respectively, or such more extended time as the said Senate may allow in such case : And that the same respectively shall be erected in

72 DEED OF GRANT. 65 such positions respectively, and according to such designs, plans, sections and elevations, and of such construction as shall be approved by the said Senate : And that the Gardens and Grounds for recreation and exercise in connection with such Colleges respectively, shall be laid out and made within a reasonable time in that behalf, and according to such general designs as shall be approved of by the said Senate : And we do hereby further direct, that such several Sub-grants shall be made upon conditions for securing the lands respectively thereby conveyed, and every part thereof from being applied to or used for any purpose other than such as shall be consistent with and in furtherance of the objects hereof, and shall be authorized by the term of the said Sub-grants l'espectively : And also for securing the maintenance of the connection of the said Colleges respectively, with the said University in accordance with the provisions and true intent and meaning of the said Act of the said Governor and Legislative Council, passed in the present year of our reign : And lastly we direct that in the said Sub-grants respectively there shall be contained a provision for making void the same respectively, and for re-vesting the lands thereby conveyed together with all buildings, erections, and other improvements thereon, in the said University in the event of the trusts and conditions of the said Sub-grants respectively not being carried out and observed according to the true intent and meaning thereof: In witness whereof we have caused this our grant to be sealed with the seal of our said Territory, witness our Trustee and well beloved Sir Charles Augustus Fitz Roy, Knight-Companion of the Royal Hanoverian Guelphic Order, our Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief of our said Territory and its Dependencies, at Government House, Sydney, in New South Wales, the Eighteenth Day of January, in the year of our Lord One thousand eight hundred and fifty-five, and in the Eighteenth year of our reign. Seal of the Colony. CHA S A. FITZ ROY. Entered on Record by trie in Register of Grants No. 105, pages 419 to 429 inclusive, tkis twenty-third day of January, one thousand eight hundred {fifty-five. C. D. RIDi)ELL, Colonial Secretary & Registrar. H

73 INDEX TO BY-LAWS. Page I. Chancellor 67 Π. Vice-Chancellor 67 III. Senate 67 Meetings and Rules of Procedure 67 Election to Vacancies 69 Ex-officio Memhers 70 IV. Superior Officers 70 V. Registrar 70 VI. Seal of the University 70 VII. Faculties 71 Vm. Limitation of Title of Professor 71 IX. Proctorial Board 71 X. Boards of Studies 72 XI. Terms 73 XII. Faculty of Arts 73 Subjects of Study 73 Board of Examiners 74 Matriculation 74 Lectures 75 Yearly Examinations 76 Ad Eundem Statum 77 Bachelor of Arts 77 Master of Arts 78 Scholarships 80 XIII. Faculty of Laws 81 LL.B 81 LL.D 82 XIV Faculty of Medicine 83 M.B 83 MJD 84 XV. Register of Graduates 85 XVI. Academic Costume and Discipline 85 XVII. Non-Matriculated Students 87

74 BY-LAWS OF THE UNIVERSITY. I. CHANCELLOB. 1. The election to the office of Chancellor shall take place at a duly convened meeting of the Senate, to be held in the first week in Lent term. 2. The Chancellor shall be elected for a period of three years, (except as hereinafter provided), to be computed from the date of election ; but shall be eligible for re-election. 3. In the event of the office of Chancellor becoming vacant by death, resignation, or otherwise, before the expiration of the full term of office herein prescribed, the election of a successor shall be proceeded with at the next ensuing regular meeting of the Senate ; and the Chancellor so appointed shall hold office until the first regular meeting of the Senate in the Lent term next after the expiration of three years from the date of such election. II. VICE CHANCELLOR. 1. The election of the Vice-Chancellor shall take place at a duly convened meeting of the Senate, to be held in the first week in Lent term, except as in cases otherwise provided for by the Act of Incorporation. III. SENATE. MEETINGS AND RULES OF PROCEDURE. 1- The Senate shall meet on the first Wednesday in every month, or on the nearest convenient day, should such first Wed-

75 68 BY-LAWS OF nesday be a Public Holiday, and may adjourn from time to time to conclude any unfinished business. 2. At any time in the interval between such monthly meetings, it shall be competent for the Chancellor, or in his absence, the Vice-Chancellor, in any case of emergency, to call a special meeting of the Senate, to be held as soon as conveniently may be, for the consideration of any business which he may wish to submit to them. 3. Upon the written requisition of any three members, the Chancellor, or in his absence the Vice-Chancellor, or in the absence of both, the Registrar, shall convene a special meeting of the Senate, to be held as soon as conveniently may be after the expiration of nine days from the receipt of such requisition. 4. Except in any case of emergency as aforesaid, no motion initiating a subject for discussion shall be made, but in pursuance of notice given at least nine days previously ; and every such notice shall be entered in a boot, to be kept by the Registrar for that purpose. 5. The Registrar shall issue to each Member of the Senate a summons with a written specification of the various matters to be considered at the next meeting of the Senate, whether such meeting be an ordinary or a special one ; and such summons, except in any case of emergency as aforesaid, shall be issued at least seven days previously to each meeting. 6. In the event of a quorum of the Senate not being present at any monthly or other meeting, within half an hour after the hour appointed, the meeting shall lapse, but the members then present may adjourn the meeting to ady convenient future day, of which seven days notice shall be given by the Registrar in the usual manner. 7. -All the proceedings of the Senate shall be entered in a journal ; and at the opening of each meeting the minutes of the preceding meeting shall be read and confirmed, and the signature of the Chairman then presiding shall be attached thereto.

76 THE UNIVERSITY If any elected Fellow shall, without leave from the Senate, be absent from their meetings for six consecutive calendar months, his fellowship shall ipso facto become vacant. ELECTION TO VACANCIES. 9. At the first meeting of the Senate, after the occurrence of a vacancy among the Fellows, a day shall be fixed for a Convocation for the election of a successor, such day to be within forty days from the date of such Senate meeting, and to be announced at least thirty days previously to such Convocation by notice posted at the University, and by advertisement in one or more of the daily newspapers. 10. The Convocation for the election of a Fellow shall be held in the University, and shall be presided over in the same manner as if it were a meeting of the Senate. 11. Every Candidate submitted for election must be proposed and seconded by * legally qualified voters: and the votes shall be given by show of hands. If the President's decision be questioned, a Poll shall be at once taken by voting papers, to be signed in each case by the voter, and to be handed to the President, who shall cause the numbers to be taken down by two Proctors or acting Proctors, and on their report shall declare the result. 12. At the time fixed for a Convocation for the election of a Fellow, the Registrar shall prepare for the President's use a complete list of all persons entitled to vote under the provisions of the law, and a copy of such list shall be posted in a conspicuous place in the University for two days at least before the time of Convocation. * The legally qualified voters are Fellows of the Senate for the time being, Professors, Public Teachers, and Examiners in the Schools of the University, Principals of Incorporated Colleges within the University, Superior Officers of the University declared to be such by By-Law and Graduates keeping their names on the Register of the University who shall have taken any or either of the Degrees of M.A., LL.D., or M.D., in this University. 24 Vic, No. 13.

77 70 BY-LAWS OF 13. None but legally qualified voters shall be allowed to be present during the taking of a Poll. EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS. (24 Victoria No. 13.) 14. The Senior Professor of Classics, the Senior Professor of Mathematics, and the Senior Professor of Chemistry and Experimental Physics shall be " ex-officio" members of the Senate, under the provisions of the " Sydney University Incorporation Act Amendment Act of 1861." IV. SUPEKIOE OFFICERS. (24 Victoria No. 13.) 1. The Registrar is hereby declared to be a Superior Officer of the University, entitled to the rights and privileges conferred by the " Sydney University Incorporation Act Amendment Act of 1861." V. EEGISTEAE. 1. The Registrar shall keep all necessary records of the proceedings of the University, conduct all necessary correspondence, and keep such registers and books of account as may be required. 2. All fees, fines, or other sums received by the Registrar in his capacity as such, shall be paid over to the credit of the University, in order that the same may be applied, accounted for and audited in such manner as the Senate may from time to time appoint. VI. SEAL OF THE UNIVERSITY. 1. The Seal of the University shall be placed in the charge of the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor, and Registrar, and shall not be affixed to any document except by order of the Senate.

78 THE UNIVEESITY. 71 VII. FACULTIES. 1. There shall be three Faculties in the University, viz : 1. Arts. 2. Law. 3. Medicine. VIII. LIMITATION OF TITLE OF PROFESSOR. 1. The Title of Professor shall be distinctive of Public Teachers in the University : and no person in or belonging to the University or any College within it, shall assume that Title without the express authority of the Senate of the University. IX. PROCTORIAL BOARD. 1. The Chancellor, the Vice-chancellor, the Senior Professor of Classics, the Senior Professor of Mathematics, and the Senior Professor of Chemistry and Experimental Physics, shall form a Board, to be called the " Proctorial Board," to which shall be confided the duty of enforcing the observance of order on the part of the Undergraduates of the University. This Board shall make such regulations as it may deem expedient for the maintenance of discipline amongst the Undergraduates, and shall have the power of inflicting or authorizing to be inflicted, all such Academic Punishments as are sanctioned by the present usage of British Universities, including Fines to an amount not exceeding five pounds ( 5) for any one offence : Provided however that the Board shall not proceed to the expulsion of any Undergraduate, or to his suspension for a period exceeding one Term, without the express authority of the Senate. 2. No question shall be decided at any meeting of this Board, unless three Members at the least shall be present.

79 72 BY-LAWS. 3. At meetings of this Board, the Chair shall be occupied by the Chancellor, or in his absence by the Vice-Chancellor, or in the absence of both the Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor, by the Dean of the Faculty of Arts ; and in the event of an equality of votes at any meeting, the Chairman shall have a casting vote. At meetings of this Board the Registrar of the University shall attend and record the proceedings, and it shall be his duty to collect all fines imposed by, or under the authority of the Board. It shall be the duty of the Registrar to convene the Board on the requisition of any one of its members at such time within seven days from the date of the requisition as may be directed by the Chancellor, or in his absence by the Vice-Chancellor, on whom it shall be incumbent to give such direction on the Registrar's application. Tn the event of the absence of the Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor, the time of meeting shall be fixed by the Dean of the Faculty of Arts. X. BOARDS OF STUDIES. 1. The Professors in the subjects required for the examination for the degree of B.A. shall form a Board ; of which the Senior Professor, being a member of the Proctorial Board, shall be President, with the title of Dean of the Faculty of Arts. 2. The Professors and Examiners in the Faculty of Law shall form a Board ; of which the Senior Professor shall be President, with the title of Dean of the Faculty of Laws. 3. The Professors and Examiners in the Faculty of Medicine shall form a Board ; of which the Senior Professor shall be President, with the title of Dean of the Faculty of Medicine. 4. It shall be the duty of the above named Boards to deliberate and report to the Senate upon all questions i'elating to the studies and examinations in their several Faculties.

80 FACULTY OF ARTS The Chancellor, the Vice Chancellor, and the Professors of the three several Faculties shall form a Board, to be called the " Conference Board," for the consideration of all general questions relating to the studies of the University, or which may be referred to them by the Senate. XI. TERMS. 1. The Academic year shall contain three Terms, that is to say : LENT TEEM Commencing on the second Monday in February, and terminating with the third week in May, with an interval (not exceeding eight days) at Easter. ΤΕΙΝΊΤΤ TEEM Commencing on the third Monday in June, and terminating with the last week in August. MICHAELMAS TEEM Commencing on the first Monday in October, and terminating with the second week in December. XII. FACULTY OF ARTS. SUBJECTS OF SIODY. 1. Professors and Lecturers, appointed by the Senate, shall give instruction in the following subjects : 1. Greek Language and Literature. 2. Latin Language and Literature. 3. Ancient History. 4. Mathematics. 5. Natural Philosophy. 6. Chemistry. 7. Experimental Physics. 8. Mental Philosophy and Logic. 9. Moral and Political Philosophy.

81 74 FACULTY OF ARTS. 10. Modern History. 11. Natural History, comprising Mineralogy and Geology. Botany. Zoology. 12. French Language and Literature. 13. German Language and Literature. BOAED OF EXAMINERS. 2. The members of the Board of Studies in the Faculty of Arts, together with such other persons as may from time to time be appointed by the Senate, shall form a Board of Examiners for conducting the Examinations in the Faculty of Arts, and of this Board the Dean of the Faculty,- or in his absence the Professor next in seniority, shall be Chairman. 3. The Board of Examiners shall, from time to time, and in accordance with the provisions of the By-Laws for the time being, frame rules, and appoint times and places for the several examinations in the Faculty of Arts. 4. At the conclusion of each examination the Board shall transmit to the Senate a report of the result, signed by the Chairman, and by, at least, two other members. MATRICULATION. 5. Candidates for Matriculation must make application to the Registrar before the commencement of Lent Term. 6. No person shall be admitted as an undergraduate of the University, except, on certificate of having satisfactorily passed the examination for Matriculation. 7. The Matriculation Examination shall take place once a year, and shall commence on the second day in Lent Term ; but it shall be competent to the Senate, under special circumstances, to admit Candidates (after examination) at other periods.

82 FACULTY OF ARTS The examination shall be conducted by means of written or printed papers ; but the examiners shall not be precluded from putting vivâ voce questions. 9. The names of all Candidates who have passed the Matriculation Examination, shall be arranged alphabetically ; but it shall be competent to the Examiners to place in a separate class the names of those who may have specially distinguished themselves. 10. All Students who shall receive a testamur of having passed the Matriculation Examination, and shall have paid a fee of two pounds to the Registrar, shall be admitted by the Senate as Members of the University. 11. The Examination for Matriculation shall be in the following subjects : The Greek and Latin Languages. Arithmetic. Algebra, to simple equations, inclusive. Geometry, first book of Euclid. 1.ECTUHES. 12. Lectures shall commence on the first day of Term, excepting in the first or Lent Term, in which they shall commence at the conclusion of the Matriculation and Scholarship Examinations. 13. Lectures of an hour each shall be given, daily, by the Professors in Classics, Mathematics, Chemistry and Experimental Physics, at such times and in such order as the Senate may from time to time direct. 14. Before the admission of a Student to any course of Lectures, he shall pay to the Registrar of the University such fee as shall have been appointed by the Senate. 15. The subjects of Lectures shall be publicly notified by the Registrar before the commencement of each Academic year.

83 76 FACULTY OF ARTS. 16. Candidates for Degrees shall attend the University Lectures on the following subjects : 1. Greek. 2. Latin. 3. Ancient History. 4. Mathematics. 5. Natural Philosophy. 6. Chemistry. 7. Experimental Physics. YEARLY EXAMINATIONS. 17. Examinations of the Undergraduates of the first and second years shall be held once a year during the last fortnight of Michaelmas Term, and no Undergraduate shall absent himself therefrom except under medical certificate. 18. The Undergraduates of each year shall be examined in the subjects of the Undergraduate course, upon which Lectures have been given during the year. 19. After examination, the names of the Undergraduates shall be arranged in classes, and in order of merit. 20. Prize Books, stamped with the University Arms, shall be given to each member of the first class in each year. 21. Such Undergraduates as absent themselves from the examinations, except under medical certificate, or fail to pass them in a satisfactory manner, shall, at the discretion of the Senate on the report of the Examiners, be required to keep additional terms before proceeding to a B.A. Degree. 22. Certificates of having attended Lectures, and complied with the Regulations of the University, shall be signed by the Dean of the Faculty of Arts, and by the Registrar, and granted to the Undergraduates on the completion of each Academic year.

84 FACULTY OP ARTS No certificate shall be given to any Undergraduate who may, without sufficient cause, have absented himself from Lecture, more than six times in any one term, or who may not have passed the Yearly Examinations. ADMISSION AD EUNDEM STATWM. 24. Any person may be admitted without examination as an Undergraduate Member of this University, who shall have kept any number of terms at any of the undermentioned Universities, namely, Oxford, Cambridge, Saint Andrews, Glasgow, Aberdeen, Edinburgh, Dublin, Durham, London, Queen's University of Ireland, or Melbourne ; and shall be considered of the same standing as if he had been during the same time an Undergraduate Member of the University of Sydney. Provided always, that he shall give to the Registrar, to be submitted to the Senate, evidence of his former residence (or equivalent connexion with) and good conduct at any such University. BACHELOR OF ARTS. 25. The Examination for the Degree of B.A. shall take place once a year, at the close of Michaelmas Term. 26. No Candidate shall be admitted to this examination, unless he produce a certificate from the Dean of the Faculty of Arts of having been a Student at the University, and of having complied with its regulations during three Academic years, or during the terms required when in the exercise of the powers reserved by their By-Laws the Senate may have required additional terms, or may have allowed Students to matriculate at other than the ordinary times of examination. This certificate shall be transmitted to the Registrar before the day appointed for the commencement of the examination. 27. The fee for the Degree of B.A. shall be Three Pounds. No Candidate shall be admitted to the examination unless he

85 78 FACULTY OF AETS. have previously paid this fee to the Registrar. If a Candidate fail to pass the examination, the fee shall not be returned to him ; but he shall be admissible to any subsequent examination for the same Degree without the payment of an additional fee. 28. The examination shall be conducted, in the first instance, by means of printed papers ; and, at the termination of such examination, each Candidate shall undergo a viva voce examination, if the Examiners think fit. 29. To obtain the ordinary Degree of B.A., the Candidate shall pass a satisfactory examination in Greek, Latin, Mathematics, Natural Philosophy, Chemistry, Experimental Physics, Logic, and Ancient and Modern History. 30. All persons who have passed the ordinary examination for Degrees, shall be admissible for Honors in the Classical and Mathematical schools. 31. The Candidates in each school shall be arranged in classes and order of merit. 32. The most distinguished Candidate for Honors in each of the aforesaid schools shall, if he possess sufficient merit, receive a prize of twenty-five pounds. 33. The Candidate most distinguished at the ordinary examination in Chemistry and Experimental Physics, shall receive a prize of ten pounds. MASTER OP ARTS. 34. There shall be a Yearly Examination for the Degree of M.A. during Lent term, before the Easter recess. 35. Every Candidate for this examination must have his name on the Register of the University ; he must have previously obtained the Degree of B.A., and two years must have elapsed since the time of his examination for such Degree. He will also be required to furnish evidence of having completed his twentyfirst year.

86 FACULTY OF AETS The fee for the Degree of M.A. shall be five pounds. No Candidate shall be admitted to the examination unless he have previously paid this fee to the Registrar. If. a Candidate fail to pass the examination, the fee shall not be returned to him ; but he shall be admissible to any subsequent examination for the same Degree without the payment of an additional fee. 37. Candidates for the Degree of M.A. shall elect to be examined in one or more of the following branches of knowledge : 1. Classical Philology and History. 2. Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 3. Logic ; Moral, Mental, and Political Philosophy. 4. Chemistry, and Experimental Physics. And at the Yearly Examination the most distinguished Candidate in each branch shall, if he possess sufficient merit, receive a gold medal. 38. The Senate shall have power to admit to Examination for the Degree of Master of Arts, any person who shall have obtained at least two years previously the Degree of Bachelor of Arts, or equivalent first Degree in Arts, in this or any of the Universities hereinbefore mentioned as those from which Undergraduates will be admitted ad Ewndein Statum. Every Candidate for admission under this By-Law must make application in writing to the Registrar, and supply satisfactory evidence of his qualification as aforesaid ; and that he is a person of good fame and character ; and upon the approval of his application shall pay to the Registrar a fee of two pounds, for the entry of his name in the University Register, in addition to the fee for his Degree prescribed in the By-Laws for the time being, in respect to those who have taken their first Degree in the University of Sydney. Before the granting of the Degree, every passed Candidate will be required to furnish evidence of having completed his twentyfirst year.

87 80 FACULTY OF AKTS. SCHOLABS HIPS. 39. In addition to the Private Foundations, viz. : the Barker, Deas-Thomson, Gooper, and Levy Scholarships, there shall be seven scholarships of the annual value of 50, payable out of the Public Endowment. 40. The above Scholarships, tenable for one year, shall be awarded after examination in the following manner : To Undergraduates of the first year, Three Scholarships for General Proficiency, viz. : The Levy Scholarship. Two University Scholarships. To Undergraduates of the second year, Three University Scholarships for General Proficiency. To Undergraduates of the third year, Four Scholarships, viz. : One University Scholarship for General Proficiency.* Three Special Scholarships, viz, : 1. For proficiency in Classics the Gooper Scholarship, founded in For proficiency in Mathematics and Natural Philosophy the Barker Scholarship, founded in For proficiency in Chemistry and Experimental Physics the Deas-Thomson Scholarship, founded in No Student of the first or second year shall hold more than one Scholarship ; but a Student of the third year may hold one, or more, of the three special Scholarships with the ordinary University Scholarship for general proficiency. 42. None of the above Scholarships shall be awarded, except to such Candidates as exhibit a degree of proficiency which shall be satisfactory to the Examiners. * To this University Scholarship the Senate have resolved to add two more of the same value in each of the years 1SG3-4, so that the reduction in the number of Third Year Scholarships made by this By-Law may not affect Students who entered before its passing.

88 FACULTY OF LAWS The examinations for Scholarships shall take place at the beginning of Lent Term. 44. In the first year, Candidates for Scholarships shall be examined on the following subjects : 1. Classics. Translation from Greek and Latin authors into English ; Greek and Latin composition, in prose and verse. Ancient History. 2. Mathematics. Arithmetic and Algebra; First four books of Euclid. In the second and third years, Candidates for Scholarships shall be examined in 1. Classics. Translations from Greek and Latin authors into English ; Greek and Latin composition, in prose and verse. Ancient History. Philology. 2. Mathematics. The Branches enumerated for Candidates in the first term, together with The 5th and 6th Books of Euclid. Algebraic Geometry of two dimensions. Plane Trigonometry. Elements of Differential Calculus, as far as Taylor's Theorem. Statics. 3. Experimental Physics, and Chemistry. XIII. FACULTY OF LAWS. LL.B. 1. A Professor or Lecturer, appointed by the Senate, shall give Lectures in English Jurisprudence, attendance on which will be required from all Candidates for the Degree of LL.B. ι

89 82 FACULTY OF LAWS. 2. Until other Professorships are established, there shall be a Board of Examiners appointed by the Senate to test the qualifications of Candidates desirous of obtaining a Degree in Laws. The examination for the Degree of LL.B. shall take place in Michaelmas Term, and the Degree shall be granted in Lent Term. 3. No Candidate shall be admitted to the Degree of LL.B., until after the expiration of one Academic year from the time of his obtaining the Degree of B.A. 4. The fee for the Degree of LL.B. shall be Ten Pounds. No Candidate shall be admitted to the examination unless he have previously paid this fee to the Registrar. If the Candidate fail to pass this examination, the fee shall not be returned to him ; but he shall be admissible to any subsequent examination for the same Degree without the payment of an additional fee. 5. Candidates for the Degree of LL.B. shall produce certificates of having attended the University Lectures on English Jurisprudence. 6. Candidates for the Degree of LL.B. shall be examined in the following subjects : Civil and International Law. Constitutional History, and Constitutional Law of England. General Law of England. LL.D. 7. The Degree of LL.D. shall be conferred at the expiration of two Academic years from the granting of the LL.B. Degree. The Candidate shall be required to prepare and defend a Thesis on some subject selected by himself from the Pandects, or Institutes ; such Thesis shall be in the Latin or English Language, and if recommended by the Board of Examiners, and approved by the Senate, may be printed. The fee for the Degree of LL.D. shall be ten Pounds.

90 FACULTY OP MEDICINE. 83 XIV. FACULTY OF MEDICINE. M.B. 1. À Professor, appointed by, the Senate, shall give Lectures in Chemistry. 2. Until other Professorships in the Faculty of Medicine be constituted in the University, there shall be a Board of Examiners, appointed by the Senate, to test the qualifications of Candidates who may apply for Medical Degrees, to be granted in accordance with the provisions contained in the Act of Incorporation. 3. Such Candidates must lodge with the Registrar of the University, satisfactory certificates of having taken the Degree of B.A. or some equivalent Degree, in this or in any of the Universities hereinbefore mentioned as those from which Undergraduates will be admitted ad eundem staium. Candidates who have not taken such Degree must pass an examination similar to that prescribed for the B.A. Degree in this University. 4. The Candidate must also furnish evidence of being twentyone years of age, and of having diligently pursued a course of Medical Studies extending over a period of four years, at some Medical School of which the Senate shall approve. His certificates must shew that he has attended the following eight classes each for a course of six months ; Anatomy, Practical Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry, Materia Medica, Surgery, Practice of Medicine, Midwifery ; and the following five classes each for a course of three months ; Botany, Practical Chemistry, Medical Jurisprudence, Clinical Medicine, and Clinical Surgery : also that he has attended for eighteen months the Medical and Surgical Practice of a Hospital containing not fewer than eighty beds ; and that he has been engaged for six months in compounding and dispensing medicines.

91 84 BY-LAWS OF 5. Medical or Surgical Diplomas, from regularly constituted examining Boards in Europe or America, may, at the discretion of the Senate, be accepted as equivalent to the whole or part of the above mentioned certificates. 6. As soon as the required documents have been declared satisfactory by the Senate, the Registrar shall notify to the Candidate the day on which his examination will commence. 7. Before being admitted to examination, the Candidate must deposit with the Registrar a fee of Ten Pounds, which will not be returned in the event of the Candidate not passing the examination ; but such Candidate may be admitted to any future examination without any further charge. M.D. 8. The Degree of M.D. shall be conferred at the expiration of two Academic years from the granting of the M.B. Degree. 9. The Candidate shall be required to prepare and defend a Thesis on some Medical subject, to be selected by himself; such Thesis shall be in the Latin or English language, and, if approved by the Senate, on the report of the Board of Examiners, may be printed. 10. The fee for the Degree of M.D. shall be ten Pounds. 11. The Senate shall have power to admit to Examination for the Degree of Doctor of Medicine any person who shall have obtained at least two years previously the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine at any of the Universities hereinbefore mentioned as those whose Bachelors of Arts will be admissible to examination for the Degree of M. A. in this University, and who shall also have obtained the Degree of Bachelor of Arts, or an equivalent first Degree in Arts, at any of the said Universities, or shall pass an examination similar to that prescribed for the B.A. Degree in this University. Every Candidate for admission, under this By-Law, must make application in writing to

92 THE UNIVERSITY. 85 the Registrar, and supply satisfactory evidence of his qualification as aforesaid ; and that he is a person of good fame and character ; and upon the approval of his application, he shall pay to the Registrar a fee of two pounds for the entry of his name in the University Books, in addition to the prescribed fee for his Degree. Before the granting of the Degree, every passed Candidate will be required to furnish evidence of his having completed his twenty-third year. XV. REGISTER OF GRADUATES. 1. A Register of the Graduates of the University shall be kept by the Registrar in such manner as the Senate shall from time to time direct ; and for the retention of his name on the Register, every Graduate must pay an annual fee of two pounds, on or before the Commemoration day in each year, in default of which his name shall be at once taken off by the Registrar, but may be restored upon payment of all arrears due, at any time, except during the four days preceding the day fixed for a Convocation for the election of a Fellow. 2. The Annual Register Fee may be compounded for by a payment of ten pounds. 3. The Register of Graduates shall be conclusive evidence that any person whose name shall appear thereon as holding the Degree of Master of Arts, Doctor of Laws, or Doctor of Medicine, at the time of his claiming to vote at a Convocation for the election of a Fellow of the Senate, is so entitled to vote ; and that any person whose name shall not appear-thereon at the time of his claiming to vote in Convocation, is not so entitled to vote. XVI. ACADEMIC COSTUME AND DISCIPLINE. 1. The Academic Costume shall be : for The Chancellor and the Vice-Chancellor a robe and cap

93 8tí BY-LAWS OF similai' to those worn by the Chancellor of the University of Oxford. In undress, the silk gown worn by other Members of the Senate, black velvet cap and gold tassel. A Member of the Senate the habit of his Degree, or a black silk gown (of the description worn by civilians holding Degrees from Oxford and Cambridge), with trippet of scarlet cloth edged with white fur, and lined with crimson silk, black velvet trencher cap. Doctor of Laws or Medicine the gown worn by Graduates of the same rank in the University of Oxford, hood of scarlet cloth lined with crimson silk, black cloth trencher cap. Master of Arts the ordinary Master's gown of Oxford or Cambridge of silk or bombazine, with black silk hood lined with blue silk, black cloth trencher cap. Bachelor of Laws or Medicine the black gown worn by civilians in Oxford and Cambridge holding Degrees, with hood of blue silk lined with white fur, black cloth trencher cap. An Officer not being a Graduate a black silk gown of the description worn by civilians not holding Degrees, black cloth trencher cap. Bachelor of Arts a plain black stuff gown, with hood similar to that worn by the B.A. at Cambridge, black cloth trencher cap. Undergraduate a plain black stuff gown, black cloth trencher cap. Scholar the same gown, with a velvet bar on the sleeve black cloth trencher cap. 2. Members of the University shall, on all occasions when convened for Academic purposes, appear in their Academic Costume.

94 THE UNIVERSITY The Undergraduates shall, on all occasions within the precincts of the University, wear their Academic Costume, and whenever they meet the Fellows, Professors, and other Superior officers of the University, shall respectfully salute them. XVII. NON-MATRICULATED STUDENTS. 1. Any person desirous of attending University Lectures, may do so without Matriculation, upon payment of the regular fee for each course. 2. Such Students are exempt from examinations, are not required to wear any Academic Costume, and are not qualified to compete for Honors, nor to proceed to Degrees.

95 88 TABLE OF FEES MATRICULATION... LECTURE FEES, per Term CLASSICS MATHEMATICS... CHEMISTRY AND EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS LOGIC t JURISPRUDENCE (Course of 10 Lectures) FRENCH B.A. M.A. LL.B. LL.D. M.B. M.D. ANNUAL FEE (for keeping name on the books) S. d ] t For Non-Matriculated Students the Fee is 2 2s.

96 FORM FOH MATRICULATION. 89 ORDO TlRONÜM TN ClYITATBM ACADEMICAM ADSCRIBENDORUM IN ÜNIVERS1- TATE SlDNEIENSI SOLEMNIS. IKTRODÖCTI in Cui'iam Candidati, togis academicis induti, quum apud eum qui est ab actis publicis (qui Registrarius vocatur) sua nomina professi sunt, et recitatis ab illo nominibus, Becanus eos (Cancellario sive Vice-Cancellario) in Cathedra assidenti, coram sistet ; dextrâque manu proximè astantís dextram tenens, bis verbis commendabit. D. Honoratissime Cancellarie, amplissimi Senatores, vosque egregii Procuratores, trado vobis hosce Literarum Humaniorum et Disciplinarum Matbematicarum et Physicarum studiosos ; quos testor, utriusque doctrinas scientiâ tentatâ, nobis examinantibus satisfecisse, dignosque videri qui in numerum Academicorum referantur. Tum. Procurator, candidatoram Principi solemne sponsioui» carmen prteibit. P- Ego M. N. fide mea spondeo huic Universitati, me ad eas doctrinas quaa mihi ex Senatus aucfcoritate proponantur in quïbus elaborem, operam et studium conlaturum ; necnon, quum adversus Cancellarium, Vice^Cancellarium, Socios Académicos, cseteros qui cum imperio sunt, quam par est modestiam et reverentiam adhibiturum, tum leges, jura, instituía, qusecunque sive ab ipsis sive Ulis auctoribus sancita fuerint, duigenter esse observaturum. Tura Procurator, ad reliquos conversus, idem sripulabituí'. P. Quod de se spopondit M. N., idem vos quoque, de se quisque, spondetis, in vosque recipitis? Respondebuut omues, pro se quisque, Spondeo. Quibus rebus rite peractis, ipse (Cancellarius sive Vice-Can-: cellarius) candidatos in numerum civium Academicorum pro imperio adsciscet. J

97 90 FOEM FOR AD EUNDEM. *- Quod vobis Matrique Academias felix fausfcumque sit : Ego, ex meâ et Senatus auctoritate, vos Universitatis Sidneienses civitate donatos, et in societatem rite esse adscriptos, pronuntio ; ea lege efc conditione ut quam hodié dedistis religiose praestetis fidem. Quare macta estote virtute et diligentia, et in bonis artibus perseverate. Ita vobis Deus Optimus Maximus studia et labores fortunet. ORDO ADMITTENDOKUM AD EUNDEM GBADUM AUT STATUM STUDIOSORUM AB ALILS ACADEMIIS HUC ADVENTANTIUM. Si quia ab aliqua üniversitate quacum nobis commercium est, gradu aliquo insignitus, eodem apud nos honore aligere cupiet, primum is debet per Decamim. Senatum Academicum=ut id sibi liceat rogare : sive quod dicitur " gratiam suam in solemnem formulara proponers." ΐ5 " Supplicat M. N. (Baccalaureus vel Magister Facultatis Artium, sive quo ako gradu fuerit) in Academia (A. B. C.) creatus, ut bona vestra cum venia admittatur ad eundem gradum, statuta, et dignitatem apud Sidneienses quibus ornatus est apud suos (A. B. C)" Recitatam gratiam et ab Decano acceptam Procurator Cancellarius in manus tradet, qui Senatores sententiam rogabit his verbis. C. Placetne vobis Domini, ut ista, quae petitur, concedatur gratia? üespondebunt üli, proiit lubet Placet, aut Non placet. Qui si aniraermt, Decanus candidatura ita cotnmeiidabifr. D- Honoratissime Cancellarie, amplissimi Senatores, vosque egregii Procuratores, trado vobis hune Magistrum Facultatis Artium,- (sive quo alio gradu sit) in Academia (A.B.C.) creatum, ut sit eodem gradu, statu, et dignitate apud nos Sidneienses quibus ornatus est, apud suos (A. B.C.)

98 FORM POE PRIZES AND HONORS. yl Tum ei Procurator aponsionera iatiusmodi deferet. P. Magister, tu dabis fidem ad observan dura Statuta, Privilegia, Consuetudines, et Libertates bujus Universitatis, quatenus ea Statutis, Privilegiis, Consuetudinibus, et Libertatibus Universitatis (A. B. C.) non repugnant. Denique eum Cancellarius sie admittet. C. Domine Doctor (sive Magister) ego admitto te ad eundem Statum, Gradum et Dignitatem hic apud nos Sidneienses quibus ornatus es apud tuos (A. B. G.) Eadem quoque formula, mutatis mutandis, adhíbenda est, si quis nondum graduatus Terminorum apud aliam Academiam rationem sibi apud nos Sidneienses imputandam velit. ORDO HONOEUM IIS QUI LIUDE DIGNI SUNT HABLTI DEFEEENDOEUH COMTITIIS MAXIMIS. Scripta prœmiis dignata quum suum quisque a actores recitaverint, Dccanus eos Cancellario in Cathedra assidenti coratii sistet. singuiosqne ita coramendabït. D. Honoratissime Cancellarie, vosque dignissimi Senatores, commendo vobis hune meum Scholarém in Facúltate Artiiim, ut propter c musas ( ) féliciter cultas ; ") morum probitatem et ] -, -,,, ^ -,,., ί r ( aisputationem ( ; sermone nabitam ; ) prsemio munificentia viri (A. B. C.) quotannis proposito, exauctoritate Amplissimi Ordinis, decoretur. G. Ego, áuctoritate mea et Senatus Académici, istud quo mihi tanquam dignus commendáris prfemium libens tibi, adjudico. ítem cíeteris donandos honoribus, sive quis beueticium aliquod ex iis qua? certis doctrinis assignata sunt, meruerit, sive in classem, quam vocant, piimam, ab Examinatoribus annuis relatas faerit Pro-'essores, suns quisque candidatos, ordinp minitimidabunt.

99 92 FORM FOR DEGREES. Puni, Honoratissime Cancellarie, vosque digrrissimi Senatores commendo vobis hunc meum Scholarem in Facúltate Arfcium, ut propter morum probitatem et in Studium positum egregiosque factos processus, beneficio annuo munificentiâ prœbito, ex auctoritate Amplissimi Ordinis in annum proximum, ornetur. ΙΛ Ego, auctoritate meâ et Senatus Academici, istud quo mini tanquam dignus commendaris, beneficium, libens tibi adjudico. PKL>['. Honoratissime Cancellarie; vosque dignissimi Senatores commendo vobis hunc meum Scholarem in Facúltate Artium, ut propter morum probitatem, et in studium positum egregiosque factos processus, aliquâ Amplissimi vestri Concessus gratia dignetur. C Ego, auctoritate meâ et Senatus Academici, hunc tibi, librum dono, honoris ergo. ORDO ADMITTBNDOEUM AD GRADUS CANDIDATORUM. Deducrá in Curinni pompa, postquam conseflerunt oniiies. et facto silentio, Cancellnrius cnnsam babondovum Commitiorum exponit. i." Habendorum hodie Comitiorum causa est ut, qui anno superiore cursum Institutionis Academicae rite compleverint, ad gradus promoveantur ; laude digni honoribus, prout quisque meritus est, decorentur ; necnon ut csetera peragantur quae ad communem Academias salutem pertinent. Ad qua? expedienda, Ego, auctoritate meâ et Senatûs Academici, hoc concilium rite et solemni jure esse convocatum pronuntio. Tuui DECANTS numina eui'uni qui honoie aiiquo dignati sunt ex catalogo récitai ; ipsumque cataloguai, a Decano acceptum, PRO- Τ.''ΛΑΊ(>Ά St.:;iOt; Caïiieelîario in münus π%άϊΐ. Pu-t reeitcfr. -x'rip'ia prssiiis ditfiiîita. doraanài honoribus, s.io quisque online, i'ntvrllrrin UP mure roîïiwpnd&ntur ; Sfiiiinet lauro

100 FORM FOR DEGREES. 93 ottiati ; in classtmi piimam relati ; beueticiis "anauis dignati, turn generalibas, turn iis qute certis doctrinis assignata sunt. Deinde DECANCS ad Gradum aliquein promovendoi'um nomina ex catalogo récitât, et Senatui illornm verbis gratias supplient. D. Supplicant amplissimo Ordini À. B. O., quum, (novenos términos in studio Artium posuerint, Professores Públicos diligenter audiverint, Examinatorum Academicorum qusestionibus satis responderint, caetera, prout statuta requirunt peregerint ; ut admittantur ad gradum ( ) Hecitatam suppkcaüoncm et a Decano acceptam, PKOC:L*RATUK JUNIOR Cancellavio in roanus trad it : qui Renatore.s sententiam l'osrat his verbis. C. Placetne Vobis, Domini, ut istse quas petuntur, çoncedantur, gratiœ? Respondent illi, prout lnbct, Placet, auf Non Placet. Qui si antmeràit, concessas gratias ita pronnntiat. C. Concessas sunt quas petitis gratias : et sic pronuntiamus concessas. Tum Decanus e curia exit, statimque reversiis, prasunte Bedello, sequentibus Candidates, habitu ad gradum competente indutis ad superiorem partem Domûs ascendit : et candidatorum unurn quemque, destra manu prehensum, coram Cancellario sistit ; et capite, qua par est reverentiâ, inclinato, solemni formula commetidat. D. Honoratissime Cancellarie, amplissimi Senatores, vosque egregii Procuratores, commendo vobis hos meos Scholares in Facúltate artium, quos scio tarn moribus quam doctrina idóneos esse ut admittantur ad gradum. Tum praseunte PROCURATOR! ; SENIORS, omites,fidem dant academias in lisec verba. P. Ad seniorem eouversus Domine Dabis, fidem te omnia statuta, jura, privilegia et libertates istius Universitatis sanctissime esse observaturum. KESP: Do.

101 94 «FORM FOR DEGREES.. P.- Dabis fidem te ñeque Academias pacem ultro perturbaturum ; et si qua exarserit seditio aut contentio, pacis semper et concordias auctorem futurum. BÏSP : Do. JP. Ad reliques con versus. Quod de se spopondit M.N. idem vos quoque, de se quisque, spondetis? BxbP : Spondeo. HI;GISJKAR : Testor hos omnes coram me, in publicis Academias actis nomina sua subscripsisse. Tum singulos, Decaaus ad Cancellarium dedueit ; qui ununsquemque destra manu preaensum. ita alloquitur. C. Domine ego auctoritate meâ et totius Universitatis admitto te ad gradum : necnon ad omnia facienda, obeunda, usurpanda, quse ad istum gradum spectant.

102 95 RULES AND ORDERS OF THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY. For Boohs allowed to he taken out of the Library. No person shall be allowed to take books out of the Library but Fellows of the Senate, Professors, and other Public Teachers in the University, Officers of the University, or other persons who shall have obtained this privilege under a special resolution of the Senate, and Graduates holding any degree above that of B.A., and having their names on the books of the University and being resident in Sydney or its suburbs. No one shall take or borrow any book out of the Library without first delivering a note for the same to the Librarian or his Deputy, expressing his Name and Residence in his own handwriting, the title of the book, the year and day of the month on which such book is taken or borrowed, on pain of forfeiting 5, or double the value of the book, at the discretion of the Library Committee. The Librarian shall preserve all such notes, till the books so taken out are returned to the Library ; and when all the books specified in each note are returned, the notes shall be delivered up to the persons by whom the books are brought back : when only some books specified in each note are returned, the titles of the books so returned shall be erased from the note at the time. No person shall be allowed to have in his possession at one time more than ten volumes belonging to the Library, bnt the Library Committee may dispense with this order in any particular case, if they shall be of opinion that sufficient reasons have

103 96 BULES AND ORDERS OF been assigned for such dispensation ; such dispensation, however, shall continue in force no longer than to the end of the current quarter ; but upon fresh application may be renewed by the same authority. Every one who shall borrow or take any book out of the Library shall return it thither again on the demand of the Librarian, at any time after the expiration of seven days, and without such demand on or before the next of the four following quarter days,-triz. : March 31st, June 30th, September 30th, December 31st, under penalty of Two shillings for every folio or quarto, and One shilling for every book of less size ; all penalties to be repeated every fortnight till the books be returned, or others of the same editions and equal value be placed in their room, such -fortnight heing first reckoned from the day on which the Library is re-opened after the quarter day. If any of the Quarter Days should fall on a Sunday, or on any other day on which the Library is closed by Rule 20, the day appointed for returning the books shall be the following day. No Books shall be taken out of the Library on the days appointed for the return of Books. Every Professor shall have the privilege of obtaining Books for each Student attending his lectures, and being a Member of the University. Each order for the volumes so obtained shall bear the titles of the Books, and be dated and subscribed as follows For M. N., C. D., Professor. The books so obtained shall not be taken out of the Library till the day after that on which the Library is re-opened for the Quarter ; and they shall be returned at any time after the expiration of seven days, if demanded by the Librarian, and if not so demanded, not later than the day before the next Quarter Day. The Professor shall be responsible for the books so obtained, and

104 THE UNIVEESITY LIBRARY. 97 for the penalties prescribed by Rule 5 ; and no' Student shall have in his possession at one time more than five volumes. A list of the books omitted to be returned at the end of any Quarter, together with the names of the borrowers, shall be suspended in some conspicuous place in the Library. No person from whom any fine is due to the Library shall be allowed to take out books until such fine has been paid. If any book be injured or defaced by writing while in the possession of any person taking it out of the Library, he shall be required to replace it by another book of the same edition and of equal value. Persons taking books out of the Library are required to report, without delay, to the Librarian any injury which they may observe in them. For Books not to be taken out of the Libranj without a note countersigned by the Chancellor or Vice-Ohancellor. Certain printed books, of which a list shall be prepared under the authority of the Library Committee and be kept by the Librarian, shall not be taken out except by a note countersigned by the Chancellor or Vice- Chancellor -, nor until the day after that on which the note is presented ; and no such note shall be given to any Undergraduate Member of the University, nor shall any person have more than five volumes of such books out of the Library at one time. A Register shall be kept of all such books taken out of the Library, and of the date on which they are returned, and after the books are returned the Plates in them shall forthwith be collated, and the collation be registered ; and until such collation shall have been made the books shall not be accessible to persons using the Library, nor shall the countersigned note be given up to the persons by whom, the books are returned, but in lieu of it an acknowledgment signed by the Librarian or his Deputy ; and the name of the person by whom the acknowledgment is signed shall also be registered.

105 98 RULES AND ORDERS OF The Penalties for not returning such books at the Quarter days shall be double of the penalties prescribed in Rule 5. For MSS. mid Books?wt allowed to be taken out of the Library. The Library Committee may cause MSS. books containing collections of Prints or Drawings, and other documents and books of a nature or value to render such precaution expedient, to be locked up in cases or compartments by themselves. These shall not be taken out of the Library on any pretence whatever ; and access to them shall not be allowed, unless the Librarian or some one deputed by him be present. The Librarian himself shall have charge of the keys. The Library Committee may direct that certain printed Books, of which a list shall be kept by the Librarian, shall not be removed from the Library. Such Books shall be always kept there. Persons desirous of referring to any particular MSS., or scarce printed Book, shall apply to the Librarian, who, if he see cause, may allow such MSS. or Books to be consulted, but not in the compartment in which the MSS. or scarce printed Books are kept. Parts of Periodicals, work in progress, Pamphlets, &c, until such time as is proper for binding them shall be kept under such a system of management that they may be produced if required, after a few minutes' notice on application being made to the Librarian by means of an ordinary Library note, so that persons in whose literary researches such works are necessary may consult them in the Library with the consent of the Librarian. For Admission to the Library. Except on the day when the Library is re-opened for any Quarter, those Undergraduates who have obtained a Professor's orders for Books shall be admitted to the Library for the purpose of selecting their Books, or otherwise consulting the Library, during the hour from one to two.

106 THE UNIVEESITY LIBRARY. 99 Admission of Persons not Members of the University, the purpose of Study and research. The Chancellor or Vice-Chañcellor may grant an order of admission to the. Library for the purpose of study and research to any person who shall produce to him a recommendation from any Fellow of the Senate or Professor, or any Member of the University who shall have been admitted to the Degree of M.A., or any higher degree, stating " that the person recommended is well known to him," and " that he is a fit and proper person to obtain such order." The name of the Member of the Senate or the Professor upon whose recommendation any such order of admission shall be granted, shall be placed after the name of the person receiving the permission in a List to be suspended at the entrance of the Library. Such persons shall be permitted to use the Library whilst open, except (on any day on which the Library is first opened for the Quarter, or on any day on which the Library is closed for the Quarter). This admission order shall not entitle the holder to have access to lock up cases, which admission order shall have effect only until the expiration of the quarter in which it shall have been granted. For Opening and Closing the IÁbrary. Por the purpose of allowing the Librarian sufficient time to inspect the Books, the Library shall be closed for the first fortnight in the month of January, and also for the two days (excepting Sunday) next after each of the three other quarter days. The Library shall be closed on Sundays and Public Holidays. The Library shall be open on Saturdays from ten till one, and other days from ten till three. for

107 100 UNIVERSITY OFFICERS, &c. VISITOR. The Governor of the Colony for the time being is ex-officio Visitor of the University. * His Excellency SIB CHARLES AUGUSTOS FITZ Ror, K.C.B., K.H His Excellency SIR THOMAS WILLIAM DENISON, K.C.B His Excellency The Right Hon. SIE JOHN YOUNG, K.C.B., G.C.M.G. CHANCELLOR. The Chancellor is elected by the Fellows of the Senate out of their own body, for such period as the Senate may from time to time appoint. The period is at present limited by a By-Law to Three years ; but the retiring Chancellor is declared to be eligible for re-election EDWARD HAMILTON", M.A. 1β54. SIR CHARLES NICHOLSON, Bart, D.C.L., LL.D The Hon. FRANCIS LEWIS SHAW MEREWETHER, B.A. VICE-CHANCELLOR. The Vice-Chancellor is annually elected by the Fellows of the Senate out of their own body SIB CHARLES NICHOLSON, Bart, D.C.L., LL.D The Hon. F. L. S. MRBKWETHER, B.A The Hon. EDWARD DEAS-THOHSON, CB. THE SENATE. The original Senate was appointed on the 24th December, 1850, by the following Proclamation : W HEREAS by an Act of the Governor and Legislative Council of New South Wales, passed in the fourteenth year of Her Majesty's Keign, entitled " An Act to incorporate and endow the University of Sydney," it is amongst other things enacted, that for the purpose of asceitainidg by means of examination, the persons who shall acquire proficiency in literature, science, and art, and of rewarding them by Academical Degrees, as evidence of their respective attainments, and by marks of honor proportioned thereto, a Senate, consisting of the number of persons in the said Act mentioned, shall within three months after the passing thereof, be nominated and appointed by the said Governor, with the advice of the Executive Council of the said Colony, by a Proclamation to be duly published in the New South Wales Government Gazette, which Senate shall be, and by the said Act is constituted from the date of such nomination and appointment, a Body Politic and Corporate, by the name of " TAe University of Sydney ;" and it is thereby further enacted, that the said Body Politic and Corporate shall consist of sixteen Fellows, twelve of whom, at the least, shall be laymen : * The dates prefixed to the names of Office Holders refer to the first appointment or entrance upon ottice.

108 UNIVERSITY OFFICERS. 101 Now, therefore, I, Sm CHAULES AUGUSTUS FITZ ROT as such Governor aforesaid, by this my Proclamation, published in the New South Wales Government Gazette, do notify and proclaim that, with the advice of the said Executive Council, I have nominated and appointed the following persons to be such Senate as aforesaid : that is to say : The Rev. William Binnington Boyce. Francis Lewis Shaw Merewether, Esq. Edward Broadhurst, Esq. Charles Nicholson, Esq. John Bayley Darvall, Esq. Bartholomew O'Brien, Esq. Stuart Alexander Donaldson, Esq. The Hon. John Hubert Plunkett, Esq. The Right Rev. Charles Henry Davis. The Rev. William Purves. Alfred Denison, Esq. His Honor Roger Therry, Esq. Edward Hamilton, Esq. The Hon. Edward Deas-Thomson, Esq. James Macarthur, Esq. William Charles Wentworth, Eeq. Given under my Hand and Seal at Government House, Sydney, this twentyfourth day of December, in the Year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifty, and in the fourteenth year of Her Majesty's Reign. (L.s.) CHAS. A. FITZ ROY. By Sis Excellency's Command, E. DEAS THOMSON. GOD SAVE THE QUEEN. Under the original Incorporation Act the election to vacant Fellowships was vested in the Senate until there should be one hundred graduates holding the Degree of M.A., LL.D., or M.D. By an Act passed in 1861 the election to vacancies was vested in Fellows of the. Senate, Professors, and other Public Teachers of the University, Examiners, Principals of.incorporated Colleges within the University, Superior officers declared to be such by By-Law and graduates keeping their names on the Register of the University who may have taken any or either of the Degrees of M.A., LL.D., or M.D. In addition to the sixteen Fellows it was provided by the same Act that there should not be fewer than three nor more than six ex~officio Members of the Senate, being Professors of the University in such branches of Learning as the Senate might select. EX-MEMBEES OP THE SENATE. * Hamilton, Edward T., M.A. I860. Macarthur, James./ Davis, The Right Rev. C. H., D.D. I860. Denison, Alfred, B.A Broadhurst, Edward Donaldson, Sir Stuart A Boyce, the Rev. W. B Cooper, Sir Daniel Therry, Roger. * Dates of vacating office.

109 102 UNIVERSITY OFFICERS. PRESENT SENATE. Allen, The Hon. George. Allwoód, The Rev. Robert, B.A. Darvall, John Bayley, M.A. Douglass, H. Grattan, M.D. Faucett, Peter, B.A. Macarthur, Sir William. Manning, The Hon. Sir William M., LL.D. Martin, James. Merewether, The Hon. F.L.S., B.A., Chancellor. Nicholson, Sir Charles, Bart., D.C.L., LL.D. O'Brien, Bartholomew, M.D. Pell, Morris Birkbeck, B.A. Plnnkett, The Hon. J. Hubert, B.A. Polding, The Most Rev. Archbishop, D.D. Purves, The Rev. William, M.A. Smith, John, M.D. Thomson, The Hon. E. Deas, C.B., Vice-Chancellor. Wentworth, The Hon. William Charles. WooUey, John, D.C.L. PROFESSORS. CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE (a) John WooUey, Principal, D.C.L., (Oxford.) MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY (b) Morris Birbbeck Pell, B.A., (Cambridge.) CHEMISTRY AND EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS (c) John Smith, M.D., (Aberdeen.) α Late Fellow of University College, Oxford. b Late Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge. c Late Assistant Professor of Chemistry, in Marischal College, Aberdeen,

110 UNIVEESITY OFFICERS. 103 LOGIC John Woolley, D.C.L., (Oxford.) ASSISTANT CLASSICS Hugh Kennedy, B.A., (Oxford.) EEADEE LN GENEEAL JTJEISPETJDENCE John F.Hargrave, M. A., (Cambridge.) READER IN FEENCH. Mons. P. A. Dutruc. FACULTY OF AETS. EXAMINERS APPOINTED BY THE SENATE FOE c ) Woolley, John, D.C.L., (Oxford.) ) Cary, Henry, M.A., (Oxford.) MATHEMATICS ) Pell, Morris Birkbeck, B.A., (Cam- AND > bridge.) NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. ) a Scott, Rev. W., M.A., (Cambridge.) J CHEMISTRY Ï Smith; John> MiD-i (Aberdeen.) AND EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS. J Greenup, R., M.D., (Cambridge.) FACULTY OF MEDICINE. BOAED OF EXAMINERS APPOINTED BY THE SENATE UNDEE THE BY-LAWS OF John Smith, M.D., (Dean of the Faculty.) Arthur Martin ábeckett. George Bennett. Richard Greenup, M.D., (Cambridge.) b John Macfarlane, M.D., (Glasgow.) Charles Nathan. ' c James Robertson, M.D., (Edinburgh.) George West. a Late Fellow of Sidney Sussex College. b M. D., University of Melbourne. c M.B., University of London.

111 104 UNIVERSITY OFFICERS. REGISTRARS. 1S51. RICHARD GREENUP, M.D WILLIAM LOUIS HCTTON HUGH KENNEDY, B.A. ESQUIRE BEDELL "W. C. WINDEYER, M.A. UNIVERSITY SOLICITOR. GEORGE WIGRAM ALLEN. AUDITOR GEOFFREY EAGAR. CURATOR OF MUSEUM. I860. EDWARD REEVE CHARLES WATT. ACCOUNTANT. WILLIAM CLARK.

112 105 COLLEGES. By the Act 18 Victoria No. 37, provision is made for the Foundation of COLLEGES within the University, in connexion with the various religious Denominations ; in which Students of the University may enjoy the advantages of residence, instruction in the doctrine and discipline of their respective Churches, and tuition supplementary to the Lectures of the public Professors. No Student can be admitted at any such College unless he immediately matriculates in the University ; submits to its discipline ; and attends the Statutable Lectures ; nor can he continue a member of the College longer than his name remains upon the University Books. SAINT PAUL'S COLLEGE. Incorporated by the Act 18 Victoria in connexion with the Church of England. In the terms of the Act the Visitor is the Bishop of Sydney. The Corporation consists of a Warden, who must be in Priest's Orders, and eighteen Fellows, six of whom must be in Priest's Orders. The Eellows with the Warden form the Council in which the government of the College is vested. VISITOR. THE BISHOP OF STDNEi The Right Reverend Frederick Barker, D.D. THE PRESENT SOCIETY. WARDEN. a The Reverend William Henry Savigny, M.A., (Sydney.) VICE-WABDEN. BURSAR. J. D. Cox, B.A. o 8.A., (Oxford.) K

113 106 COLLEGES. Allwood, Rev. Robert, B.A. Clarke, Rev. W.B., M.A. a Cowper, Hon. Charles. Holroyd, Arthur Todd, M.B. Johnson, Richard. Johnson, Robert. Kemp, Hon. Charles. King, Rev. George, B.A. Metcalfe, Michael. FELLOWS. M.A. Johnson, James W. Lee, Edward. Want, R. C. B.A. Bowman, Alexander. Hargraves, Edward John. Hunt, Edward. M'Carthy, H.' T. S. Cowper, Sedgwick S. Innes, Gustavus. Stephen, Cecil Bedford. UNDERGRADUATES. RESIDENT. Long, George Edward. Manning, William Alexander. Mitchell, Hon. James. b Mort, Thomas Sutcliffe. Nathan, Charles. Smart, T. W. Stack, Rev. W., M.A. Stephen, Hon. Sir Alfred. Stephen, Rev. A. H., B.A. Tooth, Robert. Walsh, Rev. W. H., M.A. a Succeeded Sir D. Cooper, o Succeeded H. H. Brown.

114 ST. JOHN'S COLLEGES. 107 COLLEGE. Incorporated by the Act 21 Victoria, in connexion with the Roman Catholic Church. In the terms of the Act the Visitor is the Roman Catholic Archbishop of Sydney. The Corporation consists of a Rector (who must be a duly approved Priest) and eighteen Fellows, of whom six must be duly approved Priests, and twelve laymen. These eighteen Fellows with the Rector form the Council in which the government of the College is vested. VISITOR. THE EOMiN CATHOLIC ARCHBISHOP OF STDNEY The Most Reverend John Bede Polding, D.Ü. THE PRESENT SOCIETY. RECTOR. The Very Reverend John Forrest, D.D., (Gregorian University, Rome.) a Brennan, The Rev. M. Butler, Edward. Corish, The Rev. Michael A. Curtis, William C, M.A. δ Donovan, John, M.A. Duncan, W. A,, c Ellis, G. E. Faucett, Peter, B.A. Gorman, John V. FELLOWS. Hart, James. Keating, The Rev. Jerome. Lenehan, Andrew. MacEncroe, The Ven. Archd". Makinson, Thomas C, B.A. O'Connor, Richard. Plunkett, John H., B.A. Sheridan, The Rev. J. F. Therry, The Very Rev. John J. α Succeeded The Very Reverend Dean Lynch. b Succeeded William Davis. c Succeeded J. K. Heydon.

115 108 COLLEGES. UNDERGRADUATES. RESIDENT. Healey, Patrick Joseph. Lynch, William. Browne, William C. Cummings, John S. SON-RESIDENT. Callachor, Hugh B. McNamara, Patrick B. Meillon, Joseph. Quirk, Daniel P. WESLEY COLLEGE. Incorporated by an Act of the Legislature which received the Governor's assent, on the first of June, 1860, in connexion with the Wesleyan Methodist Church. In the terms of the Act the Visitor is the President for the time being of the Conference, or in his absence from the Colony, the Chairman for the time being of the New South Wales District. The Corporation consists of a Principal (who must be a Wesleyan Methodist Minister in full connection with the Conference), and twelve Fellows, of whom four must be Wesleyan Methodist Ministers in full connection with the Conference, and eight Laymen who must be communicants with the Wesleyan Methodist Church, and of whom five at least must be Members of the Wesleyan Methodist Society. The four Senior Ministers resident for the time being in the County of Cumberland, not being Supernumeraries, are ex-officio the Clerical Members of the Council. These twelve Fellows with the Principal form the Council in which the government of the College is vested.

116 109 SCHOLARSHIPS. 1.-UNIVERSITY GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS FOR PROFICIENCY. Seven Scholarships for general Proficiency of thé annual value of 50 each, have been established by the Senate out of the Endowment Fund of the University. Under the present By- Laws three (one of which is the Levey) are allotted to the undergraduates of the first year, three to the second year, and one to the third year, but these are not awarded unless the Candidates exhibit a degree of proficiency satisfactory to the Examiners. They can be held for one year only, and are given for general proficiency in the subjects to be studied for a degree in the Faculty of Arts. Under the provisions of the By-Laws in force previous to the year 1855, these Scholarships were tenable during the whole of the undergraduate course CURTIS, W. C..UlTCHBLL, D. S. OLITEK, A. 1SÖ3, BiETON, G. DONOVAN, J. HABNKTT, J. 1S54. SALTING, G INNES, GDSTAVDS RuSSBLL, H. SHALT, K. WENTWORTH, FlTZWILLIAM. PATBBSON, J. REN^ICK, A. CoULSON, T. H. STACK, J. JONES, RlIES K. CoWLISHAW, W". WlNDEYEB, W. C. WILLIS, R. S. JOHNSOJf, J. W. KlNLOCK, J- HAWTKOK.V,.STLWKT. OAKLAND, J.

117 110 SCHOLARSHIPS STEPHEN, CECIL. LANE, GEOHGE STEPHEN, CECIL. BOWMAN, E. PBHBY, J STEPHEN, CECIL. MEIN, C. S. GRIFFITH, S BOWMAN, E. MURRAY, C. E. B. WEIGHT, K. GRIFFITH, S. MEIN, C. S. ALLEN, A GRIFFITH, S W. ALLEN, A. M. MATE, F. MURRAY, C. E. R. SMITH, R.' CAFE, A. MEIN, C. S. 2. CLASSICAL SCHOLARSHIP. A Special Scholarship of the annual value of 50 was awarded by the Senate in the years for the encouragement of Classical Literature, to be open to all Undergraduates without limitation who might have completed their sixth term in the University WILLIAM GEORGE SALTING. CHARLES WINDEYER. This Scholarship ceased to be awarded *on the foundation in 1857 of the COOPER SCHOLARSHIP. A sum of 1000 was given by the Honorable Sir Daniel Cooper in 1857, for the foundation of a Scholarship for the encouragement of Classical Literature. The Principal is invested in Government Debentures, bearing 5 per cent, interest, and yielding at the present time 50 per annum. This Scholarship is open to all Undergraduates who have completed their sixth term, and is tenable for one year only, but it can be held with a General University or Special Scholarship HAWTHORN, STUART. 1S62. GRIFFITH, S. W.

118 SCHOLARSHIPS. m 3.-BARKER SCHOLARSHIP. A principal sum of 1000 was given by Thomas Barker, Esq., in 1853, for the foundation of a Scholarship for the encouragement of Mathematical Science. This Scholarship was originally open to all Undergraduates, but it can now be competed for by those of the third year only, like the Cooper Scholarship above described, and is held on the same terms. The annual value is MITCHELL, DAVID SCOTT MITCHELL, DAVID SCOTT PATERSON, JAMES JONES, REES R ¾* Awarded COWLISHAW, W. I860. STEPHEN, CECIL BOWMAN, EDWARD GRIFFITH, S. W. 4 DEAS-THOMSON SCHOLARSHIP. In the year 1854,.the Honorable E. Deas-Thomson, Esquire, then Colonial Secretary of New South Wales, left the colony on a visit to England, and on that occasion a Testimonial Fund was raised^ and presented to him on account of his public services. Out of this fund, Mr. Deas-Thomson appropriated 1000 to the foundation of a Scholarship in the University for the encouragement of Physical Science. Like the Cooper and the Barker Scholarships, it is open to Undergraduates in their sixth term only, and is held on the same terms as those Scholarships. This Scholarship is of the annual value of WILLIS, ROBERT SPIER SALTING, WILLIAM SEVERIN Not Awarded RUSSELL, HENRY ODAiFE, F. H STEPHEN, CECIL BOWMAN, ANDREW. 18G2. MURRAY, C. E. R.

119 N 112 SCHOLARSHIPS. 5.-LEVEY SCHOLARSHIP. The sum of 500 was bequeathed by Solomon Levey, Esquire, to the Sydney College, which had been established by a certain number of Subscribers forming a Joint Stock Company for the purpose of imparting the rudiments of a liberal education to the youth of the Colony. The direction of Mr. Levey in respect to this bequest was that the amount should be invested in the purchase of shares in the College, and that the annual income arising therefrom should be applied towards the education of Orphan Boys at the discretion of the Trustees of the College. The Sydney College having failed in its object, the Shareholders were empowered by an Act of the Legislature passed in 1853, to sell to the University of Sydney the Land in Hyde Park, which had been granted by the Government as a site for the College with the buildings and all other property belonging to the College, including Mr. Levey's bequest. This sale having been effected accordingly in the same year, it was resolved by the Senate of the University, that Mr. Levey's bequest which they had acquired should be devoted to the foundation of a Scholarship to be called the Levey Scholarship, but that the principal, which then, with accrued interest, amounted to 565, should be allowed to accumulate further before its actual application to the intended object. The principal is now represented by seven Government Debentures of 100 each, beai'ing interest at the rate of 5 per cent TOM, W. I860. MURHAY, C. E. R Not Awarded. IS6\. Not Awarded Not Awarded '15RIEN, L. 6 SALTING EXHIBITION. A sum of 500 was given by Severin Kanute Salting, Esquire, to the University, to be applied for the promotion of sound learning. This Exhibition is appropriated for a student in the Faculty of Arts, proceeding to the University from the Sydney Grammar School. The principal is invested in Government Debentures bearing interest at 5 per cent. I860. MEIS, C. S.

120 113 PRIZES. ENGLISH ESSAY. In 1853, a Prize of 11 was given by Professor Woolley for the best English Essay. The sum of 200 (Government Debentures) was given in 1854, by W. C. Wentworth, Esq., the interest to be applied in an Annual Prize for the same object WlNDETEH, W. C WlNDETER, W. C WlNDETER, W. C DOCKER, ERNEST B. ENGLISH VERSE. In 1854, the Provost, Edward T. Hamilton, Esq., gave 25 for the best Composition hi English Verse. Since the year 1857, an annual sum of 20 has been appropriated by the Senate for a Medal for the same object. ISBi /WILLIS, R. SPIER. 1 Pn \SALTINO, WILLIAM S. J Equa SALTING, WILLIAM S YARRlNeTON, W, H. <, DOCKER, ERNEST B. LATIN HEXAMETERS. The late Chancellor, Sir Charles Nicholson, gave a Medal of the annual value of 20 for the best Composition in Latin Hexameters SALTING, GEORGE SALTING, GEORGE GRIFFITH, S. W. GREEK IAMBICS. In 1853, Sir Charles Nicholson gave 20 for the best Composition in Greek Iambic, Verse. In 1861 and 1862, an annual Medal of the value of 10 was offered by Professor Woolley for the same object. This Medal is now given annually by the Honorable George Allen FORSBALL, W. F HOUISON, JAMES. 1862, GRIFFITH, S. W. L

121 114 PRIZES. LATIN ELEUlACS. 10 is annually given by the Chancellor, the Hon. Francis L. S. Merewether, for the best Composition (generally a translation) in Latin Elegiacs SAI.TING, GEORGE SALTING, GEORGE. 185S. SALTING, GEORGE GBIPEITH, S. W. LATDi ESSAY. A Prize of 10 for the best Latin Essay was offered by Professor Woolley SALTING, SALTING, GEORGE. GEORGE. An Annual Medal of the value of 10 is given by Professor Woolley for an English Essay by a Bachelor of Arts, not exceeding fifteen terms from his matriculation. An Annual Prize for Proficiency in Mathematics among commencing Bachelors is given by Professor Pell STEPHEN, CECIL. An Annual Prize is given by Professor Smith, to the Student who distinguishes himself most at the Class Examinations, (virna voce,) in Chemistry and Experimental Physics throughout each year. These Prizes have been awarded as follows : ( PATERSON. \ WILLIS RENWICK HAWTHORNE. ( GARLAND \ HALLET. } f GA RL AK D \ STEPHEN. } I860.- STEPHEN f BOWMAN, E.\ X GRIFFITH. J aeq. aeq.

122 ANNUAL PRIZES. Books stamped with the University Arms are given under a By-Law of the Senate to each Member of the First Class at the Yearly Examinations. CLASSICS. MATHEMATICS. CHEMISTRY AND ExPEaiSIENTiL PHXSICS. LOGIC. MORAL PHILOSOPHY. FRENCH. GENERAL JURIS i'runence Oliver, 1 Windeyer, 1 Kinlcck, 1 Mitchell, Windeyer, 2 Barton, 1 Paterson, 1 Salting, G., 1 Salting, W Paterson, 2 Salting, G. 2 Salting, W.2 Stack, 2 Hawthorne, Hawthorne, 2 lnnes, 1 Norton, 1 Hunt, I lnnes, 2 Hunt, 2 Cowlishaw, 1 Garland, 1 Tom, 2 Gibbes, 1 Cowper, Γ Garland, 2 Cowlishaw, 2 Gibbes, 2 Tom, 2 Sowper, 2 Lane, 1 Stephen, 1 Dixson, Stephen, 2 Bowman E. 1 Bowman A.l 18(10. Bowman-E.2 Sriffith, 1 Murray, 1 Healy, 1 Mein, 1 Docker, 1 Curtis, I Fitzgerald, 1 Kinlock, 1 Mitchell, 1 Riley, 1 Q Paterson, 1 Fitzgerald, 2 Burdekin, S., 1 Dacre, 1 Harnett, 1 Paterson, I Windeyer, 2 Windeyer, 2 Paterson, 2 Re η wick, 2 Salting, G., 2- Hawthorne, 1 Jones, 1 Jones, 2 Hawthorne, 2 lnnes, 1 McLerie, I Russell, 1 lnnes, 2 Russell, 2 McLerie, 2 Cowlishaw, 1 Garland, 1 Gibbes, 1 Tom, I Cowlishaw,. 2 Garland, 2 Gibbes, 2 Tom, 2 Quaife, 2 Terry,. 2. Rogers, 2 Stephen, I Lane, 1 Dixson, 1 Stephen, 2 Bowman, E., 1 Colyer, 1 Bowman, E., 2 Colyer, 2 Griffith, 1 Murray, 1 Mein, 1 Docker, 1 Meillon, 1 Burdekin, S., 2 Renwick, 2 Hawthorne, 2 lnnes, 1 Russell, 1 lnnes, 2 Russell, 2 Quaife, 1 Garland, 1 Halley, 1 Cowlishaw, 1 Quaife, 2 Garland, 2\ σ Tom, 2 ί K Bowden, 2 \ Cowlishaw2j K Stephen, 1 Lane, 1 Stephen, 2 Bowman, E., 1 Bowman, E., 2 1 Griffith, 1; Murray, I Hurst, 1 Meillon, I Mein, 1 Paterson, 2 Salting, G. 2 Salting, G., 2 Salting, G.2 Salting, W., 2 SaTting,W.2 ~ McLerie, 1 Jones, 2. McLerie, 2, Rogers, 1 Wilshire, 2 Rogers, 2 McCarthy, 2 Paterson, J., M.A. Curtis,W. C.,M.A. Donovan, J., M.A. Tom, Wesley Hurst; 1 Broughton, 1 186!. Griflith, 2 Murray, 2 Healy, 2 Quirk, 5., 2 Docker, 2 Wright, 1 Griffith, 2 Murray, 2 Meillon, 2 Wright, I Meillon, 2 Griffith, 2 Murray, 2 Healy, 2\. Mein, 2 J 8 Docker, 2 Houison, 2 McNamara21 & Quirk, D., 2 ; fc Docker, 2 McCormack, 1 N.B. The figures 1, 2, denote, respectively, Students of the first and second years,

123 116 DEGREES BURDEKIN, M. CORTIS, W. C. FITZGERALD, R.M. LEE, EDWARD. M.A. MITCHELL, D. S. WlNDEYEB, W. C. DONOVAN, J. JOHNSON, J. W. KITT LOCK, J. PATERSON, J. I860. STACK, JOHN. 18Gl. STANLEY, GEORGE H. WANT, RANDOLPH C SAVIGNY, W. H. WrLLis, R. S. ALLEN, W. COWLISHAW, W. P. GABLAND, J. R. QUAIFE, F. H. B.A RENWICK, A. SiLTlNG, G. SALTINQ W BuBDEKIN, S. HAWTHOENB1S., JEgrotat BOWMAN, A GiBBES, F. J. MACCABTHY, H. T. S. HABGRAVES, E. JONES, R. PlLCHEB1 G. TOM, W. COWPEB, S. S. H. HUNT, E. RUSSELL, H. INNES, GUSTAVOS BOWDEN, J. E. ROGERS, F. E STEPHEN, CECIL BOWMAN, E. BOWMAN, A. The following gentleman passed the Examination for the degree of B.A. 186S. THORNE, G.

124 REPORT UNIVERSITY OP SYDNEY, FOR THE YEAR ENDED 3IsT DECEMBER, 186!. 1. The Senate "of the University, in accordance with the provisions of the 22nd clause of the Act of Incorporation, 14 Vic, NO. 31, have the honor to submit, for the information of the Governor and Executive Council, the following Report of their Proceedings during the year Twelve Students were admitted to Matriculation, after having passed the statutory examination. 3. The following Degrees were conferred : MASTEES 0Γ AETS. The Reverend George H. Stanley, B.A., London (admitted to examination under the By-Law relating to Bachelors of Arts of British Universities). Mr. Randolph Want, B.A., Sydney. Mr. James Ebenezer Bowden., Mr. Frederick Rogers. BACHELOES OP AETS. 4. The following were the successful Candidates for Scholarships during the year, viz. : BARREE SCHOLAESHIP (for proficiency in Mathematical Science) : Edward Bowman. DEAS-THOMSON SCHOLARSHIP (for proficiency in Physical Science): Andrew Bowman.

125 118 REPORT. GENERAL UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS : Third year : Edward Bowman. I Samuel W. Griffith. Second year : < Charles E. R. Murray. ' Charles S. Mein. -r,.. ( Kelson Wright. J \ Arthur Mansfield Allen. 5. The University Prizes were awarded as follows : UNIVERSITY MEDAL (English Heroic Verse) : Ernest B. Docker. VICE-CHANCELLOR'S MEDAL (Latin Elegiacs) : Samuel W. Griffith. PROFESSOR WOOLLEY'S MEDAL (Greek Iambics) ; James Houison. 6. Fellowships of the Senate were vacated by Mr. William Charles Wentworth, Sir Daniel Cooper, and Sir Stuart Alexander Donaldson. These Vacancies were filled by the elections of Sir William Manning, LL.D., Q.C, and Mr. John Bayley Darvall, M.A., Q.C., and by the re-election of Mr. Wentworth on his.return to the Colony. 7. Mr. Charles Watt was appointed Curator of the Museum in the room of Mi'. Edward Reeve, resigned. 8. It being deemed advisable that, the supervising of the University Books of Account should be entrusted to an experienced Accountant, not otherwise concerned in the business of the University ; Mr. Geoffrey Eagar was appointed Auditor. 9. A change in the constitution of the University was effected by an Act passed by the Legislature at the instance of' the Senate to amend the Incorporation Act of Under this Act, all full graduates now possess the right of voting at elections of Fellows of the Senate, which right, under the original Act of Incorporation, was not to be enjoyed by them until their number had reached 100. This right is also now extended to

126 REPORT. 119 the Heads of Colleges within the University, to all University Teachers, and all Superior officers of the University, declared to be such by By-Law. By the same Act, the titles of jbhe Provost and Vice-Provost were altered to those of Chancellor and Vice- Chancellor, and the Senate was enlarged by a provision that in addition to the originally prescribed number of Fellows there must be not fewer than three nor more than six ex-officio Members, who must be " Professors of the University in such " branches of learning as the Senate shall.from time to time by " any By-Law in such behalf select." The Senate have accordingly passed a By-Law (annexed) selecting for the present, three Professors, namely, the Senior Professor of Classics, the Senior Professor of Mathematics, and the Senior Professor of Chemistry and Experimental Physics. 10. The funds granted by the Legislature having been exhausted, no progress was made in the building during the year. A Clock and Bell have been presented by Sir Stuart Alexander Donaldson, which will be placed in the Tower when completed. 11. Appended is an account of the Receipts and Expenditure of the University during the year. The foregoing Report was adopted at a meeting of the Senate held on the 9th June, 1862, and ordered to be transmitted to the Honorable the Colonial Secretary, for presentation to the Governor and Executive Council and the Parliament, in pursuance of the 22nd section of the Act of Incorporation, 14 Vict., No. 31. (Signed) HUGH KENNEDY, APPENDIX. REGISTEAR. BY-LAW. The Senior Professor of Classics, the Senior Professor of Mathematics, " and the Senior Professor of Chemistry and Experimental Physics, shall be ex-officio Members of the Senate, under the provisions of the Sydney University Incorporation Act Amendment Act of 1861.

127 ACCOUNT OF THE RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY. Froni 1st JTaiiunry to tlic 31st!December, ISOl. R E C E I P T S, ENDOWMENT FUND. Received amount of Endowment from Government, under Act of Incorporation,, Lecture Fees from Students, after paying Professors their share,, Bachelor of Arts, M.A., and Matriculation Fees... For Pasturage...,, Interest on Investments in Government Debentures on account of Scholarships, under " Private Foundations" Rent of Newtown Property. (Deas Thomson Scho-. larship), less for Painting, Repairs, &c. Balance in Commercial Bank, 31st December, , ,219 4 Il TOTAL RECEIPTS, Endowment Fund 6, EXPENDITURE ENDOWMENT 1'UND. Paid for Salaries, Charges for Printing, Stationery, Sundry Expenses... Furniture Petty Cash... University Scholarships Dehentures for " Barker Scholarship" One Debenture, Salting Exhibition Scholarships under "Private Foundations "... Fencing, Levelling, Laying out Grounds, & r c... 4, TOTAL EXPENDITURE, Endowment Fund 6, Balance on hand in Commercial Bank, 31st Dec, , BUILDING FDND. Balance in Commercial Bank, 31st December, Audited, ith March, 1862, G-. EAGAE, AUDITOR BUILDING FUND. Paid for Building purposes during the year Balance in Commercial Bank, on this account, 31st Dec, 1861 Sydney, '31st December, 1861, WILLIAM CLARK, ACCOUNTANT

128 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY. Adnum, Henry t Allen, Arthur * Allen, George Î Allen, G. W. Allen, Walter, M.A. * Allwood, Rev. R., B.A. I àbeckett, Arthur Bennett, Edward Il Bennett, George Bowden, J. E., B.A. Bowman, Andrew, B.A. Bowman, Alexander, B.A. Bowman, Edward, B.A. Brennan, Rev. M. Broughton, A. Browne, W. C. Burdekin, Marshall, M.A. Burdekin, Sydney, B.A. Butler, E. Callachor, H. t Cape, Alfred Il Cary, H., M.A. + Clark, William Clarke, Rev. W. B., M.A. Colyer, H. C. Corish, Rev. M. A. Cowlishaw, W., M.A. Cowper, Charles Cowper, S. S., B.A. Cox, J. D. Cummings, John S. Curtis, W. C, M.A. * Darvall, J. B., M.A. Docker, E. B. Donovan, John, M.A. * Douglass, H. Grattan, M.D. Duncan, W. A. X Dutruc, P. % Eagar, Geoffrey Ellis, E. G. * Faucett, P., B.A. Fitzgerald, R. M., M.A. Forrest, Very Rev. J., D.D. Garland, J. R., M.A. Gibbes, F. J., B.A. Gorman, J. V. Il Greenup, Richard, M.D. t Griffith, S. W. X Hargrave, J. F., M.A. Hargraves, E. John, B.A. * Fellows of the Senate. I Professors and Officers. M Il Examiners, t Scholars.

129 122 ALPHABETICAL LIST. Harris, M. Hart, J. Hawthorne, Stuart, B.A. Healey, P. J. Holroyd, A. T., M.B. Houison, J. Hunt, Edward, B.A. Hurst, B. Innes, Gustavus C, B.A. * Johnson, J. W., M.A. Johnson, Richard Johnson, Robert Johnston, A. Jones, Rees R., B.A. Keating, Rev. J. Kemp, Charles J Kennedy, Hugh, B.A. King, Rev. George, B.A. Kinlock, John, M.A. Lee, Edward, M.A. Lenehan, A. Long, G. E. Lynch, W. * Macarthur, Sir William McCarthy, H. T. S., B.A. MacEncroe, Ven. Archdeacon Il Macfarlane, John, M.D. Macnamara, P. B. Makinson, T. 0., B.A. Manning, G. A. Manning, Sir W., LL.D. * Martin, James t Mate, F. Mate, W. H. McCormick, J. C. McGibbon, John Meillon, J. t Mein, C. S. Metcalfe, Michael * Merewether, P. L. S., B.A. (Chancellor.) Mitchell, James Mitchell, David S., M.A. Mort, T. S. t Murray, C. E. R. Il Nathan, Charles * Nicholson, Sir Charles, Bart., D.C.L. * O'Brien, Bartholomew, M.D. O'Brien, P. t O'Brien, L. O'Connor, R. Paterson, James, M.A. * PeU, Morris B., B.A. Pilcher, C. E. Pilcher, George D., B.A. * Plunkett, J. H., B.A. * Polding, The Most Rev. Archbishop, D.D. * Purves, Rev. W., M.A. Quaife, P. H., M.A. Quirk, D. P. Quirk, J. N. Renwick, Arthur, B.A. Il Robertson, James, M.D. Rogers, P. E., B.A.

130 ALPHABETICAL LIST. 123 Russell, Henry, B.A. Salting, G., B.A. Salting, W., B.A. Savigny, Rev. W. H., M.A. Il Scott, Rev. W., M.A. Sheridan, Rev. J. F. Smart, T. W. * Smith, John, M.D. t Smith, Robert Stack, John, M.A. Stack, Rev. William, Μ.Δ. Stephen, Sir Alfred Stephen, Cecil B., B.A. Stephen, Rev. A. H., B.A. Therry, Very Rev. J. * Thomson, B. Deas, CB. (Vice-Chancellor) Tom, Wesley, B.A. Tooth, Robert Walsh, Rev. W. H., M.A. Í Want, Randolph 0., M.A. Î Watt, Charles Il West, George WiIHs, R. S., M.A. Wilshire, A. T. * Wentworth, W. C. X Windeyer, W. 0., M.A. * Woolley, John, D.C.L. Wright, W. K.

131 APPENDIX.

132 SCHOLARSHIP. EXAMINATION, DECEMBER, B.A. DEGREE. SECOND AND FIRST YEARS.. Translate into Latin Prose Tully was the first who observed that friendship improves happiness and abates misery by the doubling of our joy and dividing of our grief; a thought in which he hath been followed by all the essayers upon friendship that have written since his time. Sir Francis Bacon has finely described other advantages, or, as he calls them, fruits of friendship : and indeed there is no subject of morality which has been better handled and more exhausted than this. Among the several fine things which have been spoken of it, I shall beg leave to quote some out of a very ancient author, whose book would be regarded by our modern wits as one of the most shining tracts of morality extant, if it appeared under the name of a Confucius, or of any celebrated Grecian philosopher ; I mean, The Wisdom of the Son of Sirach. How finely has he described the art of making friends by an obliging and affectionate behaviour, and laid down that precept which a late excellent author has delivered as his own, That we should have many well-wishers, but few friends! " Sweet language will multiply friends, and a fair-speaking tongue will increase kind greetings. Be in peace with many, nevertheless have but one counsellor of a thousand."

133 4. EXAMINATION PAPEES. B.A. DEGREE. LUCRETIUS. BOOKS I., Π., III. Translate into English 1. Postremo pereunt imbres, ubi eos pater. Ether In gremium matris Terrai prœcipitavit : At nítidas surgunt fruges, rameique virescunt Arboribus ; crescunfc ipsse, fetuque gravantur. Hinc alitur porro nostrum genus, atque ferarum : Hinc tetas urbeis puerûm florere videmus, Frundiferasque novis avibus canere undique sylvas : Hinc fessas pecudes, pingues per pabula teta, Corpora deponunt ; et candens lacteus humor Uberibus manat distentís : hinc nova proles Artubus infirmis teñeras lasciva per herbas Ludit, lacte mero mentéis perculsa novellas. Haud igitur penitus.pereunt qusequomque videntur ; Quando alid ex alio reficit Natura, nec ullam Rem gigni patitur, nisi morte adjutam aliena. 2. Jamne vides igitur, quamquam vis extera multos Pellat, et invitos cogat procederé sajpe, Prascipitesque rapi ; tarnen esse in pectore nostro Quiddam, quod contra pugnare obstareque possit : Quoius ad arbitrium quoque copia material Cogitur interdum flecti per membra, per artus ;. Et projecta refrenatur, retroqué residit? Quare in seminibus quoque idem fateare, necesse est ; Esse aliam, prœter plagas et pondera, caussam Motibus, unde hase est ouis innata potestas : De nihilo quoniam fieri nihil posse videmus. Pondus enim prohibet, ne plágis omnia fiant,

134 EXAMINATION -PAPEES. 5 Externa quasi vi. : sed ne mens ipsa necessum Intestinum habeat cunctis in rebus agundis, Et devicta quasi, cogatur, ferré patique ; Id facit exiguum clin amen principiorum,.. Nee regione loci certa nee tempore certo. 3. Hoc etiam faciunt ubi discubuere tenentque Pocula seepe homines, et inumbrant ora coronis ; Ex animo ut dicant, ' Brevis hic est fructus homullis : Jam fuerit ; neque post umquam revocare licebit!' ". Tamquam in morte mali cum primis hoc sit eorum, Quod sitis exurat miseros atque aridà torreat, Aut alise qúoius desiderium insideat rei. Nec sibi enim quisquam tum se vitamque requirit, Quom pariter mens et. corpus sopita quiescunt; Nam.licet œternum per nos sic esse.soporem ; " Nec' desiderium nostn nos adtigit ullum :. Et tarnen haudquaquam nostros tune.illa, per artus Longe ab sensiferis priinordia motibus errant.. 1. What was the inducement to Lucretius to adopt the doctrine of Democritus? 2. Explain briefly the Atomic theory of Lucretius, and distinguish it from that of Dalton. Does Lucretius make any approach to the latter? 3. Criticize Lucretius' explanation of " free will." 4. How would you, from the conclusion of the 3rd Book, argue in favor of the Immortality of the Soul? 5. What was the homceomeria of Anaxagoras? 6. How does Lucretius prove that whilst atomic forms are limited, the number of atoms under each form is unlimited? 7. How does Lucretius prove that the Universe is infinite? How might he be answered? What conclusion does modern philosophy draw from this and similar contradictions of the formal reason? '

135 6 EXAMINATION PAPERS. B.A. DEGREE. ARISTOPHANES ACHARNES. 1. Translate into English Ευριπίδη, Εύριπίδιον, υπάκουσαν, εϊπερ πωποτ ανθρώπων τινί Δικαιόπολις καλεί σε Χολλίδης, εγώ. ET. αλλ' ον σχολή. ΔΙ. λλ' εκκυκλήθητ. ET. αλλ' αδύνατον. ΔΙ. λλ' όμως. ET. λλ' εκκυκλησομαι καταβαίνειν δ' ου σχολή. ΔΙ. Ευριπίδη, ET. τι λελακας ; ΔΙ. άναβάδην ποιείς, εξόν καταβάδην ουκ έτος χωλούς ποιείς. άταρ τι τα ράκι εκ τραγωδίας έχεις, εσθήτ ελεινήν ; ουκ έτος πτωχούς ποιείς. λλ άντιβολώ προς των γονάτων σ, ΕύριπίΒη, δός μοι ρακών τι τοΰ παλαιού δράματος. δει γάρ με λεξαι τω χορω ρησιν μακράν αυτή δε θάνατον, ην κακώς λέξω, φέρει. ET. τα ποία τρύχη ; μων εν οις Οίνεύς δι 6 δύσποτμος γεραιος ήγωνίζετο ; ΔΙ. ουκ Οίνέως ην, αλλ' ετ άθλιωτερου. ET. τα τοΰ τυφλού Φοίνικος ; ΔΙ. ού Φοίνικος, ου, λλ' έτερος ην Φοίνικος άθλιώτερος. ET. ποίας ποθ' άνηρ λακίδας αιτείται πέπλων ; λλ ι; Φίλοκτήτου τα τοΰ πτωχοΰ λέγεις ; ΔΙ. ουκ, λλά τούτου ττολυ πολύ πτωχιστερου.

136 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 7 ET. αλλ' η τα Βυσπινή θέχεις πεπχωματα α ΒεΧΧεροφοντης είχ ο γωλο? ουτοσί; ΔΙ. ου ΒεΧΧερόφόντης άλλα κάκεΐνος μεν ην χωλό?, προσαιτων, στωμνχος, δεινός Χετγειν. ET. οίδ' ανβρα, Μυσον ΤήΧεφον. ΔΙ. val, ΤήΧεφον τούτου Βος άντιβοχω σε μοι τα σπάργανα. ET. ω irai, Βος σύτψ ΤηΧεφου ρακώματα. κείται δ άνωθεν των Θυεστείων ρακών, μεταξύ των Ίνοΰς ΘΕ. ΙΒού ταυτϊ λα/sé. 2. Translate into English Εξ ου <γε γοροίσιν εφεστηκεν τρυγικοις ο ΒιΒάσκαΧος ήμων, οΰπω παρέβη προς το θεατρον Χεξων ως Βεξιός εστίν ΒιαβαΧΧόμενος δ' ΰπο των εγθρων εν Άθηναίοις ταγυβουχοις, ως κωμωβεΐ την πόχιν ημών καϊ τον Βημον καθυβρίζει, άποκρίνεσθαι Βείται νυνι προς 'Αθηναίους μεταβούχους. φησίν δ' είναι ποχχων à/γαθων άξιος υμιν ο ποιητής, παύσας υμάς ξενικοίσι Χοηοις μη Χίαν εξαπατασθαι, μήθ" ήβεσθαι θωπευομενους μήτ είναι γαυνοποχίτας. πρότερον δ' υμάς άπο των πόλεων ο'ι πρέσβεις εξαπατωντες πρώτον μεν ίοστεφάνους εκάχουν κάπειβη τούτο Ttç ε'ίποι, ευθύς Βια τους στεφάνους επ άκρων των πυηι&ίων εκάθησθε. ει Βε τις υμάς υποθωπεύσας Χιπαρας καχεσειεν 'Αθήνας, εΰρετο παν αν Βια τάς Χιπαρας, άφύων τιμήν περιάψας. ταύτα ποιήσας ποχχ&ν αγαθών αϊτιος ύμίν <γεήένηται, καϊ τους Βημους èv ταΐς πόχεσιν Βείξας ως Βημοκρατοΰνται. τουγαρτοι νυν εκ των πόχεων τον φορον ύμΐνάπάηοντες ήξουσιν, ΙΒειν επιθυμούντες τον ποίητην τον άριστον, όστις πάρεκινβύνέυσ ειπείν εν Άθηναίοις τα Βίκαια. ούτω δ αύτοΰ περί της τόχμης ηβη πόρρω κχεοςηκει, Ότε και βασιχευς, ΛακεΒαιμονίων την πρεσβείαν βασανιζων,

137 8 EXAMINATION PAPERS. ήρώτησεν irρώτα μεν αυτού'; πότεροι ταΐς ναυσϊ κρ ατοναιν είτα Se τούτον τον ποι/ητην ποτέρους εϊποι κακά ποχχά τούτους yàp εφη τους ανθρώπους ποχν βεχτίους yeyevr a0at, και τω ποχέμφποχυ νικήσειν, τούτον ζυμβουχον e-χοντας. 1. Give some account of the parabasis in Attic Comedy. 2. Quote any passages in this play illustrative of the first three books of Thucydides. 3. Explain the dislike of Aristophanes to Euripides. BA. DEGREE. LOGIC. 1. Distinguish applied from modified Logic.,Under which.head do Aristotle's Dialectic, Apodictic, and Rhetoric come? '2. Every experimental science. is partly a priori : every abstract science is partly derived from experience. 3. What is the difference between'aristotle's view of Logic and Hamilton's? ' 4. Shew that the distinction between differentia and property, is real and indispensable in material, as well as in abstract sciences. Criticize the following AS DEFINITIONS. Honesty is the best Policy Virtue is the truest pleasure Political Economy is the science of Social well-being. An Equilateral triangle is one with equal angles A parallelogram is a four sided-figure withits opposite angles equal., The truest benevolence is a wise self interest.,5. What general fact led to the maxim, "No affirmatives

138 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 9 distribute the predicate?" in what cases is this false?. In what sense might it be said that no unusual statement is scientifically true, unless the predicate and subject are convertible? 6. Make a table of Aristotelian opposition of propositions explain why it differs from the modern. What is his diametrical opposition? 7. All analytic.sentences were, when first made, synthetic; and are, when first stated to each person, synthetic to him. Justify the rule " All negatives distribute the predicate." express in ANI ' Regulars are not the only Soldiers'- There are poisons besides Snake bites. The Mysteries of Révélation are not the only truths which transcend our reason. Political Economy, 'is. only a branch of Social science. Mathematics is. not the science of whatever can be measured or numbered. How would Aristotle express these propositions? 9. Figure in syllogism does not result from the merely formal position of the middle' term in the premises, as subject or predicate, but from its scientific relation to the other terms as whole or part. From what mistake did the fourth figure arise P 10. Make syllogisms formally violating the general rules, of the first figure. Shew that these syllogisms are not really in the first figure at all. 11. Sometimes syllogisms expressed in the first figure ought to be reduced to the second or third. Syllogisms, of the second or third figure ought not always to be reduced to the first. 12. Explicate the following syllogisms, and apply to them (when you can,) the principles of questions 9, 10, and.11.. Selfishness is never really honest, and therefore can never be moral. Since Justice is always prudent, it is sometimes good policy to sacrifice, great prospects of personal advantage. He that is of Grod heare.th my words : ye therefore- hear them not, because ye are not of God. b

139 10 EXAMINATION PAPERS. Weak indulgence to children is really cruel, for no action can be benevolent which is not for the good of its object. The Chemical " Law of definite proportions " is not properly a theory at all : it simply states a fact derived from experience. None but whites are civilized: the Hindoos are not white, and, therefore, not civilized, (use " white " as middle term.) No man can possess of himself the power to perform superhuman actions ; miracles are superhuman, and, therefore, no. unassisted man can work miracles. The principles of Justice are variable ; and are therefore no appointment of nature. Some poisons are vegetable ; no poisons are wholesome ; therefore some vegetables are not wholesome. 13. Shew (1.) that induction is the exact converse of deduction ; (2.) that the formal conditions of induction are really impossible ; (3.) how the difficulty is reconciled. 14. Shew (1.) that the force of an induction does not depend upon the number of the cases from which it is inferred ; (2.) that the process of experiment involves a deductive and an inductive process at each step ; (3.) that this induction assumes as a fundamental principle the universality of every real fact ; (4.) that the difference between the educated and uneducated consists not in the logical process of inference in induction, but in the analytic verification of the fact from which we infer. 15. Analyse, exhibiting the use of immediate inference, the following syllogisms. Virtue is happiness : and as all desire happiness, all desire virtue. Punishment iß an evil : if, therefore, we may not do evil that good may come of it, we have no right to hang a man as an example.

140 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 11 Wine is a stimulant : in cases where stimulants are hurtful, you must not give wine. 16. Why would Che enumeration of every individual who had ever possessed a certain attribute, never justify an induction. 17. Shew that the following involves both an induction and a deduction. "Ofcourse I shall die, as my father did before me." 18. Explain Aristotle's four formulas for predication. A. υπάρχει τω B. A. κατηγορείται του Β. A. èv δλω έστϊ τώ B. ι t B. ev 6\φ εστί τω A. 19. Explain the following fallacies : Physicians poison their patients, for they give them opium. The fishes in the net were of all kinds ; these were fishes in the net; therefore they contain all kinds. Those who think the man innocent, must disapprove of punishing him ; as you do disapprove of this, you must believe him innocent. May, June, July, and August, the coldest months in the year, have no E in their names, therefore, all the coldest months are without an R in their names. Loaves of bread grow in the fields ; for what we eat grows in the fields. The greatest eater is the least eater ; for the man that eats least is the hungriest, and the hungriest eats most. Cold is expelled by heat ; therefore, the influenza must be cured by heat. John, Henry,, and Thomas, are all men ; and the judgment of all men is final ; since therefore they are at variance on this point, contradictory judgments may be equally final.

141 12 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 20. Exhibit the following in logical form : A lawyer pleading before Baron Alderson, argued that it would be unjust to punish his client, who, although in other respects, a moral man, was afflicted with an incurable ' kleptomania.' " No injustice in the world," answered the Judge, " for the law of England, though in other respects sound enough, is afflicted with an inveterate ' punitomania.' " B.A. DEGREE. CICERO DE REPÚBLICA. Translate into English 1. Est autem maritimis urbibus etiam quaedam corruptela ac mutatio morum : admiscentur enim nouis sermonibus ac disciplinis, et importantur non merces solum aduenticiae sed etiam mores, ut nihil possit in patriis institutis manere integrum. lam qui incolunt eas urbes, non haerent in suis sedibus, sed uolucri semper spe et cogitatione rapiuntur a domo longius : atque etiam cum manent corpore, animo tarnen excurrunt et uagantur. Nee uero uua res magis labefaetatam diu et Carthaginem et Corinthum peruertit aliquando, quam hie error ac dissipatio ciuium, quod mercandi cupiditate et nauigandi et agrorum et ärmorum eultum reliquerant. Multa etiam ad luxuriam inuitamenta perniciosa ciuitatibus subpeditantur mari, quae uel capiuntur uel importantur : atque habet etiam amoenitas ipsa uel sumptuosas uel desidiosas inlecebras multas cupiditatum.

142 EXAMINATION PAPERS Sed id quod fieri natura rerum ipsa cogebat, ut plusculum sibi iuris populus adscisceret liberatus a regibus ; non longo interuallo, sexto décimo fere anno, Postumo Cominio Sp. Cassio consulibus, eonsecutus est : in quo defuit fortasse ratio, sed tarnen uincit ipsa rerum publicarum natura saepe rationem. Id enim tenetote, quod initio dixi, nisi aequabilis hàec in chútate conpensatio sit et iuris et officii et muneris, ut et potestatis satis in magistratibus, et auctoritatis in principum consilio, et libertatis in populo sit, non posse hune incommutabilem rei publicae conseruari statum. Nam cum esset ex aere alieno commota ciuitas, plebs montem sacrum prius, deinde Auentinum oceupauit. Ac ne Lycurgi quidem disciplina tenuit illos in hominibus graecis frenos : nam etiam Spartae, régnante Theopompo, sunt item ' quinqué quos illi ephoros appellant, in Creta autem decern qui cosmoe uocantur, ut contra consulare Imperium tribuid pi., sic illi contra uim regiam constituti. 1. Compare with the first passage Aristotle's account of the advantages and disadvantages of a maritime site. Exemplify it from Thucydides in the case of Athens. How would Aristotle counteract the revolutionary tendency of the ναυτικός όχλος? 2. Give a full account of the change which was effected by the event alluded to in the second passage. 3. How came the quarrel between the early plebs and patres to assume so much of the character of a contest between rich and poor? 4. Illustrate by the early history of Rome and Athens the maxim that all revolutions arise from social rather than political causes. 5. Criticize carefully the comparison of the Tribunes of the Gommons with the Hphors and Cosmi. 6. Sp. Cassium, de occupando regno moliëntem, summa apud populum gratia florentem, quœstor accusavit. Translate and fully explain : correct the word in Italics : before whom-and of what did the quœstor accuse him? Was this the quaestor of later.times?

143 14 EXAMINATION PAPEES. B.A. DEGREE. THUCYDIDES. BOOKS I., H., ΠΙ. Translate into English 1. " XaXeirbv yap το μετρίως ειπείν εν ω μόχις καϊ η Βόκησις της άχηθείας βεβαιούταν 6 τε yàp ξυνει&ως και εύνονς ακροατής τάχ' αν τι ενβεεστερως προς à βούχεταί τε και επίσταται νομίσειε ΒηΧοΰσθαι, ο τε άπειρος εστίν α καϊ πχεονάζεσθαι, Βια φθόνον, εϊ τι υπέρ την εαυτόν φύσιν άκούοι. με χρι yàp τούδε ανεκτοί οι έπαινοι είσι περί έτερων Χεηόμενοι, ες όσον αν καϊ αυτός έκαστος οϊηται ικανός εΐναι Βρασαί Tt αν ηκουσε τω Βε ΰπερβάΧΧοντι αυτών φθονοΰντες ηβη καϊ άπιστονσιν. επειδή Bk τοις πάλαι ούτως εβοκιμάσθη ταύτα καχως εχειν, j(pr) καϊ εμε επόμενον τω νόμω πειράσθαι υμών της εκάστου βονχησεώς τε καϊ Βόξης τνχεΐν άς.επϊ πχείστονγ 2. Και μην καϊ το fi/77 ei, èç τ ν εταιρικού άχχοτριώτερον èyενετό Βια το ετοιμότερον είναι άπροφασίστως τοχμάν ου yàp μετά των κείμενων νόμων ώφεχίας ai τοιαΰται ξυνοβοι, άλλα παρά τους καθεστωτας πχεονεζία. καϊ τας ες σφάς αυτούς πίστεις ου τω θείω. νόμω μάχχον εκρατΰνοντο η τω KOivjj Tt παρανομήσαι. τά τε άπο τών εναντίων καχώς Χ^ομενα ενεβε- χοντο ερ^/ων φυχακΐ/ ει προυχοιεν, καϊ ου yεwaιóτητι. άντιτιμωρησασθαί τε τίνα περϊ πχείονος ην η αύτον μη προπαθεΐν. καϊ όρκοι ει που âpa yêvoivro ξυναχχατ/ης, εν τω αντίκα προς το α,πορον εκατερω Βώόμενοι ϊσγυον ουκ εγόντων αχχοθεν Βύναμιν εν Βε τω παρατυγόντι ο φθάσας θαρσησαι, ει ' Soi αφρακτον, ηβιον Βια την πίστιν ετιμωρείτο η άπο τοΰ προφα-

144 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 15 vow, και τό Te άσφαχες εκο^/ίζετο και on άπατρ περιτ/ενόμενος ξυνεσεως νγώνισμα προσελάμβανε. ραον δ Ot 7τολλοι κακούργοι οντες δεξιοί κεκχηνται η αμαθείς νγαθοι, και τω μεν αίσγύνονται, επϊ δε τω â/γάχχονται. πάντων δ' αυτών αϊτιον αρχή ή δια πχεονεξίαν καί φιχοτιμίαν, έκ δ' αυτών και ες το φιχονεικειν καθιστάμενων τό πρόθυμον. οι γαρ εν ταΐς πόχεσι προστάντες μετ ονόματος εκάτεροι ευπρεπούς, πλήθους τε Ισονομίας πολιτικής καϊ αριστοκρατίας σώφρονος προτιμήσει, τα μεν κοινά λόγω θεραπεύοντες αθχα εποιουντο, παντϊ δε τρόπω αγωνιζόμενοι άχκ,ήλων περι/γύγνεσθαι ετοχμησάν τε τα δεινότατα επέδεσαν τε, τάς τιμωρίας en μείξους ου μέχρι του δικαίου και τί) πόχει ξυμφόρου προτιθεντες, ες δε το εκατέροις που άεϊ ήδονήν έχον ορίζοντες, καϊ ή μετά ^τηφου αδίκου κατά/γνώσεως η χειρϊ κτώμενοι το κρατείν έτοιμοι ήσαν την αυτικα φιχονεικίαν εκπιμπχάναι. ώστε ευσέβεια μεν ουδέτεροι ενόμιζον, ευπρέπεια δε λόγου οΐς ξυμβαίη επιφθονως τι διαπράξασθαι, άμεινον ήκουον. τα δε μέσα των πολιτών υπ αμφοτέρων, r οτι oil ξυνηγωνίζοντο ή φθάνω του περιείναι, διεφθείροντο. α. Τω δε ύπερβάχχοντι αύτων. What is the construction of αυτών? l. Write out in the order of construction ώστε ήκουον, supplying the words understood. c. οίς ξυμβαίη what mood, and why used? ευσέβεια 1. At the time of Pericles' funeral oration what was the extent of the Athenian Empire? 2. What was its duration? How and by what events is that duration usually estimated? 3. Describe the state of parties when the war broke out : - (a) among the other Grecian States ; Cb) among the Athenian leaders.

145 16 EXAMINATION PAPERS. B.A. DEGREE. ARISTOTLE'S POLITICS. BOOKS II., III., VII. 1. Translate into English \E7rei. 8ε πολιτεία μεν /cal πολίτευμα σημαίνει ταύτον, πολίτευμα δ' εστί το κυριον των πόλεων, άνώγκη Β' είναι, κυριον η ενα ή λύγους η τους πολλούς όταν μεν ό εις η οι ολίγοι ή οι πολλοί προς το κοινον συμφέρον αρχωσι, ταύτας μεν ορθάς άναγκαΐον είναι τας πολιτείας, τας Βε προς το ' Βιον η του ενός η των ολίγων η του πλήθους, παρεκβάσεις η jap ου πόλίτας φατέον είναι τους μετέχοντας, η Set κοινωνείν του συμφέροντος. Κάλείν δ είώθαμ'εν των μεν μοναρχιών την προς το κοινον αποβλεπουσαν συμφέρον βασιλείαν, την δε των λύγων μεν πλειόνων Βε ένος αριστοκρατίαν, η Βια το τους αρίστους άρχειν η Βια το προς το άριστον τ πολει καϊ τοις κοινωνοΰσιν αύτης. "Οταν Be το πλήθος προς το κοινον πολιτεύ/ηται συμφέρον, καλείται το κοινον όνομα πασών των πολιτειών, πολιτεία. Συμβαίνει δ' εύλό'γως ενα μεν γαρ Βιαφέρειν κατ άρετην ή ολίγους ενβέχεται, πλείους δ' ηβη χαλεπον ήκριβώσθαι προς πασαν άρετην, άλλα μάλιστα την πολεμικήν αυτή <γάρ εν πλήθει Γγίγνεται. Λιόπερ κατά. ταύτην την πολιτείαν κυριώτατον το προπολεμουν, και μετεχουσιν αυτής οι κεκτημένοι τα όπλα. Παρεκβάσεις Βε των ε'ιρημενων, τυραννις μεν βασιλείας, ολυγαρχία Βε αριστοκρατίας, δημοκρατία Βε πολιτείας. Ή μεν <γάρ τυραννίς εστί μοναρχία προς το συμφέρον το του μοναρχοΰντος, η δ' ολυγαρχία προς το των εύπορων, η Βε δημοκρατία προς το συμφέρον το των απόρων προς Βε το τω- κοινω λυσυτελοΰν ούβεμία αυτών.

146 EXAMINATION PAPBES Explain the principle of Aristotle's division of constitutions. What does he consider the ^essential distinction of oligarchy and democracy? What does he mean by dynasty? What corruptions of monarchy and republic correspond to it? 2. How does Aristotle explain ostracism? 2. Translate into English "Εστί S' αρχή, κατάπερ èv τοις πρώτοις είρηται Xóyoic, ή μεν του άρχοντος χάριν, ή Se του αρχομένου τούτων Se την μεν Βεσποτικην élvaí φαμεν, την Se των ελευθέρων. Διαφέρει S' ενια των επιταττομένων ού τοις εργοις, άλλα τω τίνος ένεκα' Sib ποχχά των είναι Ζοκούντων διακονικών ερηων και των νέων τοις εχευθέροις καλόν Βιακονείν προς yàp τό καχον και το μη καχον ούχ οντω Βιαφέρουσιν αϊ πράξεις κα& αΰτας, ώς εν τω τέχει και τω τίνος ένεκεν., Επεϊ Se ποχίτου καϊ άρχοντος την αυτήν άρετην είναι φαμεν και του αρίστου άν&ρος, τον S' αύτον άρχόμενόν τε Βείν γίνεσθαι πρότερον καϊ άρχοντα ύστερον, τοϋτ αν είη τω νομοθέτη πρατ/ματεΰτέον, 'όπως άνδρες αγαθοί ιγίνωνται, καϊ δια τίνων επιτηδευμάτων, και τι το τεχος της αρίστης ζωής. 1. Give Aristotle's answer to the question ; " are the good man and good citizen the same? " Shew that a really perfect man would not need to be ostracized. 2. Why would Aristotle exclude the mechanics and agricultural labourers from the franchise? 3. What was the Grecian fundamental notion of landed property? Explain the difficulty of Grecian politicians in reference to the number of the landed estates and of the citizens. 4. Why and for what is the State bound to educate her citizens? Does the principle apply to modern governments? c

147 18 EXAMINATION PAPERS. B.A. DEGREE. MATHEMATICS. ARITHMETIC AND ALGEBRA. 1. Find the value of 8 cwt. 3 qrs. 17 lbs. at 13 10s. per ton Add together and -of 13. and divide n ' 9 of the result by Extract the square root of '001 to 4 places of decimals. 4. Find the present value of a Bill for 370 due 8 months hence at 10 per cent. 5. If a man working ten hours a day can do a certain piece of work in 17 days, how long will it take another man to do the same, supposing him to work only nine hours a day, but to do one-fourth more work in a given time? 6. Find the value of (Λ/-ΞΪ- + V^) χ ( 3^ + ^Ξϊ\ \ χ + 1 χ 1 / \ v'j y J where χ = 3 ; y = Find the greatest common factor of 3¾ 3 7ÍB 2 y + 5xy 2 y 3,» and χ 2 y + Sxy 2 3» 3 y Find the least common multiple of any two numbers, and shew, that every other common multiple must be a multiple of it. 9. If a, b, c, d be proportionals, prove ma nb :: mo : nd; also that a b : a + b = : c d : c + d.

148 10. Solve the equationsa (1) hx EXAMINATION PAPERS. 19 h ax ; a? + Z> 2 (2) 3œ 2 + YIx --= 266 (3) \2xy ( 4a = = Iy + 5 : Two trains start for the same place, one an hour after the other ; the first goes 18 miles an hour and stops 10 minutes at an intermediate station ; the other goes 24 miles an hour without stopping, and both arrive at their destination together ; determine the distance. 12. Prove the rules for multiplying and dividing numbers by means of tables of. logarithms. What is the characteristic of the logarithm of 1000 </3? 13. Given log.- 2 = ; log. 3 = ; find log. -008, log. 1-5 ; log B.A. DEGREE. GEOMETRY. 1. Define the terms square, circle, rectangle, axiom. 2. Shew that the three angles of every triangle are together equal to two right angles ; also that the angles of any rectilineal figure, together with four right angles, are equal to twice as many right angles as the figure has sides. 3. The straight lines drawn from the angular points of any triangle, to the middle points of the opposite sides meet in one point.

149 20 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 4. If a straight line be divided into any two parts, the square of the whole line is equal to the squares of the two parts, together with twice the rectangle contained by the parts. What does this proposition become when the two parts are equal? 5. Shew that the diameter is the greatest straight line in a circle, and that of any others that which is nearer to the centre is greater than one more remote. 6. If two chords, AB, AC, be drawn from any point A of a circle, and produced to D and E, so that the rectangle AB, AD is equal to the rectangle AC, AB, then, if O be the centre of the circle, AO is perpendicular to DE. 7. Having given the segment of a circle, describe the circle of which it is the segment. 8. Inscribe an equilateral and equiangular octagon in a given circle. 9. If the first of four magnitudes be the same multiple or part of the second that the third is of the fourth, then the first is to the second as the third is to the fourth. 10. Magnitudes have the same ratio to one another which their equimultiples have. 11. Equiangular triangles are similar to one another. 12. Divide a given straight line into two parts, so that the similar figures described upon them may be to one another in the ratio of 2 to 1. B.A. DEGREE. STATICS. 1. Define the terms force, solid body, rigid body, flexible string.

150 EXAMINATION PAPEES Explain the physical principle of the transmission of force. 3. Assuming the parallelogram of forces as far as the direction of the resultant is concerned, prove it as regards the magnitude of the resultant. 4. Find the magnitude and line of action of the resultant of two parallel forces acting in opposite directions. Explain the result when the forces are equal. 5. Find the condition of equilibrium of a rigid body, one point of which is fixed, acted upon by any number of forces in one plane. 6. A B is a horizontal rod without weight. A is fixed, and to B is attached a weight W. The rod is supported by a string, one end of which is fastened to the rod at C, and the other to a fixed point D : A D is vertical : also AB = a, AC = c, AD d, find the tension of the string, and explain the result when d = o. 7. Explain the action of the wedge as a mechanical power. 8. Explain what is meant by the coefficient of friction, and how its value may be determined in any particular case. 9. A heavy rod is placed with one end against a smooth inclined plane, and the other upon a rough horizontal plane. Find the limiting position of equilibrium. Is equilibrium in all cases possible? 10. A tree is to be pulled down by means of a rope whose length is equal to the height of the tree. At what point of the tree should the rope be attached, so that the force applied to it may act with the greatest advantage? B.A. DEGREE. EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS. 1. Describe an apparatus by which electricity can be developed by magnetic induction.

151 22 EXAMINATION PAPERS.' 2. Explain the construction of three galvanic arrangements, stating by whom they were devised. 3. Give the rate of expansion of air for each degree of Fahrenheit's scale : also, the rule for correcting the bulk of a gas for temperature. 4. State the different kinds of attraction which are described as belonging to matter. 5. Give the number used to express the latent heat of water ; also the number used for steam. "' 6. If chloride of potassium be decomposed by voltaic electricity, at which pole or electrode do each of its constituents appear? State what is the primary, and what the secondary effect, in this case. 7. What is meant by the term specific gravity? Describe the method of taking the specific gravity of a piece of matter heavier than water, and insoluble in that fluid : give one or two examples. 8. Describe the construction of the ordinary barometer, and its uses. SECOND TEAR. CLASSICS. JUVENAL. Translate into English : 1. Pone domi lauros, duc in Capitolia magnum Cretatumque bovem : Seianus ducitur unco Spectandus : gaudent omnes. quae labra? quis Uli "Vultus erat? numquam, si quid mihi credis, amavi Hunc hominem. sed quo cecidit sub crimine? quisnam

152 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 23 Delator? quibus indicias? quo teste probavit? Nil horum : verbosa et grandis epístola, venit A Capreis. Bene habet ; nil plus interrogo. Sed quid Turba Rémi? Sequitur Fortunam ut semper et odit Damnatos. idem populus, si Nursia Tusco Favisset, si obpressa foret secure senectus Principis, hac ipsa Seianum diceret hora Augustum. iam pridem ex quo suffragia nulli Vendimus, effiidit curas, nam qui dabat olim Imperium, fasces, legiones, omnia, nunc se Continet, atque duas tantum res anxius optat, Panem et Circenses. Perituros audio multos. Nil dubium : magna est fornacula : pallidulus mi Brutidius meus ad Martis fuit obvius aram. Quam timeo, victùs ne poenas exigat Aiax ' TJt male defensus! curramus praecipites, et Dum iacet in ripa, calcemus Caesaris hostem. 2. Gratum est quod patriae civem populoque dedisti, Si facis ut patriae sit idoneus, utilis agris, Utilis et bellorum et pacis rebus ágendis. Plurimum enim intererit quibus artibus et quibus hune tu Moribus instituas. Serpente ciconia pullos Nutrit, et inventa per dévia rura lacerta : lili eadem sumtis quaerunt animalia pinnis. Vultur iumento, et canibus, crucibusque relictis, Ad fetus properat, partemque cadaveris adfert. Hic est ergo cibus magni quoque vulturis, et se Pascentis, propria quum iam facit arbore nidos. Sed leporem, aut capream, famulae Jovis, et generosae In saltu venantur aves : bine praeda cubili Ponitur : inde autem, quum se matura levarit Progenies, stimulante fame, festinat ad illam Quam primum praedam rupto gustaverat ovo.

153 24 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 3. Vivite confcenti casulis et collibiis istis, O pueri, Marsus dicebat et Hernicus olim, Vestinusque senex ; panem quaeramus aratro, Qui satis est mensis : laudant hoc numina ruris, Quorum ope et auxilio, gratae post munus aristae, Contingunt homini veteris fastidia querous. Nil vetitum fecisse volet quem non pudet alto Per glaciem peroné tegi ; qui submovet Euros Pellibus inversis. Peregrina ignotaque nobis Ad scelus atque nefas, quaecumque est, purpura ducit. Haec illi veteres praecepta minoribùs : at nunc Post finem auctumni media de nocte supinum Clamosus iuvenem pater excitât. Adcipe ceras, Scribe, puer, vigila, causas age, perlege rubras Maiorum leges, aut vitem posee libello. Sed caput intactum buxo, naresque pilosas Adnotet, et grandes miretur Laelius alas. Dirue Maurorum attegias, castella Brigantum, Vt locupletem aquilam tibi sexagesimus annus Adferat : aut longos castrorum ferre labores Si piget, et trepidum solvunt tibi cornua ventrem Cum lituis audita, pares quod venderé possis Pluris dimidio, nec te fastidia mercis Ullius subeant ablegandae Tiberium ultra, Neu credas ponendum aliquid discriminis inter Ungüenta et corium. Lucri bonus est odor ex re Qualibefc. Illa tuo sententia semper in ore Versetiir, Dis atque ipso love digna, poetae : TJnde habeas, quaeret nemo ; sèd oportet habere. Hoc discunt omnes ante alpha et beta puellae.

154 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 25 FIRST AND SECOND TEARS. ARISTOPHANES NUBES. 1. Translate into English Αέναοι ΝεφεΧαι, άρθώμεν φανεροί Βροσεράν-φύσιν ενάηητον, πατρός άπ' 'ίΐκεανον βαρναγεος νψ-ηχών ορέων κορνφας επι ΒενΒροκόμονς, "να τηχεφανείς σκοπιάς άφορώμεθα, καρπούς τ άρβομεναν ίεράν γθόνα, καϊ ποταμών ζαθεων κεχαβηματα, καϊ πόντον κεχάβοντα βαρυβρομον όμμα yàp αιθέρος άκάματον σεχατ/είται μαρμαρεαις εν ανγαΐς. αλλ' άποσεισάμεναι νέφος ομβριον άθανάτας ίβέας, επιβώμεθα τηχεσκόπω ομματι γάίαν 2. Translate into English '-4λλ' οι/ν Χιπαρός <γε καϊ ευανθης εν <γνμνασίοις Βιατρίψεις, ον στωμνχχων κατά την cvyopav τριβοχεκτραπεχ, οϊαπερ οι νΐιν, οΰδ' εχκόμενος περί πρατγματίον ^Χισ-χραντιΚο^εξεπιτρίπτον άχχ εις ΆκαΒήμειαν κατιών, νπο ταΐς μορίαις άποθρέξει,. στεφανωσάμενος κα,χάμω Χευκω μετά σώφρονος ήχικιωτον, μικακος οζών καϊ άπραημοσνιτης καϊ Χεύκης φνχχοβοχονσης, ηρος εν ωρα γαιρων, οπόταν πχάτανος πτεχεα ψιθνρίζτ]. d

155 26 EXAMINATION PAPERS. ην ταΰτα ποιής aya φράζω, και προς τούτοις προσέγτ]ς τον νουν, έξεις αει στήθος Χιτταρον, γβοώ,ν Χευκην, ώμους μεγάλου?, γχώτταν βαιάν. ην S απερ οι νυν επιτηβεύτ/ς, πρώτα μεν έξεις -χροια,ν υγραν, ωμούς μικρούς, στήθος Χεπτον, γχωτταν μργαχην, ψήφισμα μακρόν, και σ άναπεισει το μεν αίσχρον άπαν. καχον ή<γεΐσθαι, το καχον δ αισχρον και προς τούτοις της 'Αντιμάχου καταπυγοσύνης άναπχήσει. 1. What was the distance of time between the acting of the Nubes, and the condemnation of Socrates? Does Plato make any reference to this play in connexion with that condemnation? 2. How far would Socrates himself have agreed with the strictures of Aristophanes on the New Philosophy, and its paid Teachers? 3. How did Socrates' method naturally appear to destroy the modesty of the young men? 4. Why did Socrates abandon the study of physical science?

156 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 27 SECOND TEAR. TACITUS ANNALIUM. I. 1. Translate into English At Romae ruere in servitium cónsules, patres, eques. Quanto quis illustrior, tanto magis falsi ac festinantes, vultuque composito, ne laeti excessu principis neu tristiores primordio, lacrimas gaudiuin questus adulationes miscebant. Sextus Pompeius et Sextus Appuleius cónsules prima in verba Tiberii Caesaris iuravere, apudque eos Seius Strabo et Gaius Turranius, ille praetoriarum cohortium praefectus, bic annonae ; mox senatus milesque et populus. Nam Tiberius cuneta per cónsules incipiebat, tanquam vetere re publica et ambiguus imperandi. Ne edictum quidem quo patres in curiam vocabat, nisi tribuniciae potestatis praescriptione posuit sub Augusto acceptae. Verba edicti fuere pauca et sensu permodesto : de honoribus parentis consulturum, ñeque abscedere a corpore, idque unum ex publicis muneribus usurpare. Sed defuncto Augusto signum praetoriis cohortibus ut imperator dederat ; exeubiae, arma, cetera aulae ; miles in forum, miles in curiam comitabatur. Litteras ad exercitus tanquam adepto prineipatu misit, nusquam eunetabundus nisi cum in senatu loqueretur. Causa praeeipua ex formidine, ne Grermanicus, in cuius manu tot legiones, immensa sociorum auxilia, mirus apud populum favor, habere im'perium quam exspeetare mallet. Dabat et famae, ut vocatus electusque potius a re publica videretur quam per uxorium ambitum et senili adoptione irrepsisse. Postea.cognitum est ad introspiciendas etiam procerum voluntates induetam dubitafcionem : nam verba, vultus in crimen detorquens recondebat.

157 28 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 2. Translate into English Igifcur cupido Caesarem invadit solvendi suprema milifcibus duoique, permoto ad miserationem omni qui aderat exercifcu ob propinquos, amicos, denique ob casus bellorum et sortera homirmm. Praemisso Caecina, ut occulta salfcuum scrutaretur pontesque et aggeres húmido paludum et fallacibus campis imponeret, incedunfc maestos locos visuque ac memoria deformis. Prima Vari castra lato ambitu et dimensis principiis trium legionum manus ostentabant ; dein semiruto vallo, humili fossa accisae iam reliquiae consedisse intelligebantur : medio campi albentia ossa, ut fugerant, ut restiterant, disiecta vel aggerata. Adiacebant fragmina telorum equorumque artus, simul truncis arborum antefixa ora. Lucis propinquis barbarae arae, apud quas tribunos ac primorum ordinum centuriones mactaverant. Et cladis eius superstites, pugnam aut vincula elapsi, referebant hic cecidisse legatos, iuic raptas aquilas ; primum ubi vulnus Varo adactum, ubi infelici dextra et suo ictu mortem invenerit ; quo tribunali concionatus Anninius, quot patibula captivis, quae scrobes ; utque signis et aquilis per superbiam illuserit. Igitur Romanus qui aderat exercitus, sextum post cladis annum, trium legionum ossa, nullo noscente alienas reliquias ajd suorum humo tegerefc, omnes ut coniunctos, ut consanguíneos, aucta in hostem ira, maesti simul et infensi condebant. Primum exstruendo túmulo caespitem. Caesar posuit, gratissimo muñere in defunctos, et praesentibus doloris socius. 1. Explain the extension " tribunitiœ potestatis prœscriptione," and shew how the autocracy of the Emperors grew out of the republican forms. 2. Make a stem of the Caesars, from JuHuS the Dictator to Caligula 3. Illustrate " Vetera, atque.msita Glaudiœ familiœ swperbia." 4. Give an account of the mutiny of the German legions, marking the localities.

158 EXAMINATION PAPEES " Non aliud discordantis patriae remediwn, fuisse quam ut ab uno regeretur." To what causes principally was the Civil war owing? When may it be said to have really begun? Why was the restoration of the Constitution hopeless? 6. How many years are included in the first book of the Annals? 7. Grive some account of Asinius Gallus, Ccecma, Arminius, Cn. Lentulus.. 8. Where were Ara TTborium, Treviri, Nauportum, " quamtwmque Amisiam et Tjwppiam ammes inter, hand promd Teuto bergiensi saltu, in quo reliquiae Vari legionumque insepultae dicebantur ; " explain, and give the modern names of the localities. SECOND YEAR. HERODOTUS. BOOK II. 1. Translate into English Μαρτυρεει Sé μοι τη γνώμτ/, 'ότι τοσαύτη εστί Αίγυπτος Όσην τίνα εγω άποδείκνυμι τω λόγω, καϊ το Άμμωνος νρηστήριον γενομενόν το. εγώ της εμεωυτου γνώμης ύστερον περί Αϊηυπτον επυθόμην. οί jàp Βη εκ Μαρέης τε πολιός και Άπιος, οίκεοντες Αίηΰπτου τα πρόσουρα Λιβύη, αυτοί τε δοκέοντες είναι Λίβυες, και ουκ Αίτ/ύπτιοι, και άγθόμενοι τη περί τα ιρα θρησκίη, βουτωμενοι θηχεων βοών μη εργεσθαι, έπεμψαν ες Άμμωνα, φάμενοι " ούβεν σψίσι τε και Ανγυπ- " τίοισι κοινον είναι οίκεειν τε <γάρ εξω του Δ ελτα, καϊ ουκ

159 30 EXAMINATION PAPERS. " όμόλογεειν αύτοισι. βούλεσθαί τε πάντων σφίσι εξείναι " γενέσθαι." è Βε θεός σφεας ουκ εα ποιεειν ταϋτα, φας " Αϊ- " yvtttov είναι ταύτην την ο Νεΐλος επιών άρβει και Αίτ/υπ- " τίους είναι τούτους, ο'ί ενερθε Έλεφαντίνης πολιός οίκεοντες, " απο του ποταμού τούτου πίνουσι." οΰτω σφι ταϋτα εχρυσθη. 2. Translate into English, Εχράτο Be καταστάσει πρηιγμάτων τοφβε. το μεν ορθριον, μέχρι ότου πχηθώρης άγορης, προθύμως επρησσε τα προσφερόμενα πρηγματα το Be απο τούτου έπινε τε καϊ κατεσκωπτε τους συμπότας, και ην μάταιος τε και παιγνιήμων. άχθεσθεντες Be τουτοίσι οι φίλοι αυτοΰ, ενουθετεον αυτόν, τοιάβε λέγοντες "V2 βασιλεύ, ουκ ορθώς σεωυτού προέστηκας, ες το άγαν " φανλον προάγων σεωυτόν. σε γαρ χρην εν θρόνω σεμνω " σεμνον θωκέοντα, Bi ήμερης πρησσειν τα πρηγματα καϊ " οΰτω Ανγύπτιοί τ αν επιστεατο ώς ΰπ άνβρος μεγάλου " άρχονται, και αμεινον συ αν ήκουες. νυν Be ποιέεις ούβαμως " βασιλικά." Ό δ άμείβετο τοισίβε αυτούς " Ta τόξα οι " κεκτημένοι, επεαν μεν Βεωνται χράσθαι, ενταννυουσι έπεαν " Be χρησωνται, εκλνουσι. ει γαρ Br τον πάντα χρονον εντετα- " μένα εϊη, εκρατ/είη αν ώστε ες το Béov ουκ αν εχοιεν αύτοισι " χρησθαι. οΰτω Βή καϊ άνθρωπου κατάστασις ει εθελοι κα- " τεσπουβάσθαι αιεϊ, μηβε ες παυγνίην το μέρος εωυτον άνιεναι, " λάθοι αν ήτοι μανεϊς, η ογε άπόπληκτος γενόμενος, τα εγω " επισταμένος, μέρος έκατέρψ νέμω." Ταύτα μεν τους φίλους άμείψατο. 1. The various accounts related by Herodotus of the sources of the Nile. What was his own opinion? 2. Explain Herodotus' mistake about the apprehended decrease in the rise of the Nile, and its consequences. 3. What are the principal sources of Egyptian History?

160 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 31 What makes the chief difficulty in determining the early Chronology? 4. Give an account of the Egyptian Sothic year. 5. Up to what period are the 30 dynasties counted? What are the great divisions which used to be called the old, middle, and new Empire? 6. What are the principal opinions as to the Exodus King? Which would at first sight appear most consistent with the calculation in 1 Kings, vi. 1? 7. What is the proof of contemporary dynasties? 8. Give the Kings of Egypt mentioned in the Bible, after the Exodus. Where you can, identify them, giving the monumental or other proof, in the dynasties of Manetho, and in Herodotus. 9. Who was the original Sesôstris? Whom did Herodotus confound with him? How does Tacitus illustrate this? To whom does the Stele near Beyroot belong? 10. How is the ethnology and language of the Egyptians ascertained? Mention some points in which their civilization was greatly in advance of the Assyrian. 11. What is Sir G-. Wilkinson's opinion as to the list of kings which Herodotus gives ; and how does he maintain it? Give the date of the true Mœris ; and the Mœris of Herodotus. How is the latter identified? Where would BJiampsinitus come? 12. What was the real character of,the Labyrinth? 13. With what crisis of Egyptian History may the immigration into Greece of Cadmus and Danaus be connected? 14. Give an account of the Hieroglyphics. How far did the Egyptians reach true Alphabetic writing? 15. The date of the SyJc-sos, and their probable country. To what, probably, were the numerous changes of dynasty in Egypt owing? 16. How far was the Egyptian a caste-system?

161 32 EXAMINATION PAPERS What was the nature of the revolution, social and political, introduced by Psammetichus? 18. With what crisis in Eastern History is the invasion of Egypt by the Persians connected? SECOND TEAR. ARISTOTLE RHETORIC. BOOK II. 1. Translate into English Του μεν οΰν αυτούς είναι πιστούς Χέζοντας, τρία εστί τα αϊτια τοσαΰτα yáp εστί, Bi α πιστεύομεν εξω των αποδείξεων. "Εστί Bk ταύτα, φρόνησις, και αρετή, καΐ εύνοια, διαψεύδονται <γάρ, περί ων Χεμουσιν ή σνμβουχευουσιν, ή δια πάντα ταύτα, η Βια τούτων τι. *ίγ yàp δι άψροσύνην ουκ ορθώς δοξάζουσιν ή Βοξάζοντες ορθώς, Βια μσχθηρίαν ου τα δοκοΰντα Xêr/ουσιν η φρόνιμοι μεν και επιεκείς εισιν, àxx ουκ ευνοι Βιόπερ èvbé-χεται, μη τα βεχτιστα συμβουχεύειν <γινώσκοντας. KaI παρά ταύτα ούδεν. 'Ανάηκη άρα τον άπαντα δοκοΰντα ταύτα εγειν, είναι τοις άκροωμενοις πιστον. 2. Translate into English, Επε\ Βε τα ενθυμήματα Χέζεται εκ τεττάρων τα Be τετταρα ταύτα CTTW, είκος, παράδειγμα, τεκμήριον, σημεΐον εστί Be, τα μεν εκ των ως επι το ποχυ η όντων, ή δοκούντων συνημμένα ενθυμήματα εκ των εικότων τα Βε Bi επα/γωγης Βια τοΰ ομοίου η ενός η πχειονων, όταν Χαβων το καθόχου είτα συχ- ΧοΎίσηται τα κατά μέρος, δια παραδείγματος τα δε δι àvay-

162 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 33 καίου και οντος, Βια τεκμηρίου τα Be, Βια του καθοχου η τον εν μέρει οντος εάν τε ον εάν τε μη, BiA σημείων το 8ε είκος, ου το αιει, άλλα το ως έπι το ποχυ φανερον ότι τα τοιαύτα μεν των ενθυμημάτων αίεί εστί Χνειν φέροντα ενστασιν. H 8ε Χύσις φαινόμενη λλ' ουκ αληθής αίεί ου γαρ 'ότι ουκ είκος Χυει ο ενιστάμενος λλ Οτι ουκ άνα/γκαΐον. 1. Explain the relation of the ήθος του Χεγοντος and πάθος τον άκουόντος to rhetorical proof: and point out the analogy of education in other sciences. 2. Distinguish άντισυχχογισμος and ένστασις ; and exhibit the general and particular ενστασις logically in the example given by Aristotle (σπουβαίος 6 'έρως). 3. Distinguish the true and false use of appeals to the passions. 4. Distinguish εϊβη κοινά εϊβη τόποι. 5- H επαγωγή αργή. 6. Develop the two signs, and τεκμηρίου. What is the difference between the latter and scientific demonstration? 7. Explain fully the second passage as far as it relates to example : particularly shewing the logical distinction between όμοιον and ταυτόν. 8. Explain fully Aristotle's account of γνώμη; and his comparison of γνώμη and example as practical arguments. 9. Analyse a πάθος according to Aristotle, exemplifying by οργή and νεμεσις? 10. Shew that ouly the perfect ΒιαΧεκτικος can be a ρητωρ.

163 34 EXAMINATION PAPERS. SECOND YEAR. Translate into Latin Hexameters : As when the pilgrim, who with weary pace, Through lonely wastes untrod by human race, For many a day disconsolate has stray'd, The turf his bed, the wild-wood boughs his shade, O'er-joyed beholds the cheerful seats of men In grateful prospect rising on his ken So Gama joyed, who many a weary day Had traced the vast, the lonesome watery way ; So joyed his bounding heart, when proudly rear'd The splendid city o'er the wave appear'd. Translate into Latin Elegiacs : ' Live whilst you live,' the Epicure would say, ' And seize the pleasures of the passing day.' ' Live whilst you live,' the Moralist replies, ' And give to God each moment as it flies.' Lord, in my view let both united be ; I live to pleasure, whilst I live to Thee. Translate into Greek Iambics : Thyestes. Return with me, my son, And old friend Peneus, to the honest beasts, And faithful desert, and well-seated caves ; Trees shelter man, by whom they often die, And never seek revenge ; no villany Lies in the prospect of a humble cave. Pen. Talk you of villany, of foes, and fraud? Thy. I talk of Atreus.

164 EXAMINATION PAPEES. 35 Pen. What are these to him? Thy. Nearer than I am, for they are himself. Pen. Grods drive these impious thoughts out of your mind. Thy. The gods for all our safety put them there. Return, return with me. Pe«. Against our oaths? I cannot stem the vengeance of the gods. Thy. Here are no gods ; they've left this dire abode. Pen. True race of Tantalus! who parent like Are doom'd in midst of plenty to be starved. SECOND YEAR. M A T H E M A T I C S. FIRST Division. ALGEBRA. 1. Solve the equations 3¾ ¾ = 36 Λ A + a =! _ Λ A- y χ a y- _ 1 _ y x -y χ 2 v χ -f a 2. When does one quantity vary as another? Shew that this relation between two variable quantities can (with proper limitations) be expressed by a constant ratio. a

165 36 EXAMES 7 ATION PAPERS. 3. One of two clocks keeps accurate time and the other gains very nearly 4 minutes a day ; their beats coincide at 3 h s, and at 3 h 45 m 20 s by the gaining clock; determine its exact gaining rate. 4. Insert any number of terms between two given terms, so that the whole may be in Arithmetical Progression ; and shew that the sum of the series thus formed varies as the whole number of terms. 5. Eight, persons sit round a table ; find the number of ways in which they can be arranged so that two particular persons may not sit next to each other. 6. Find the number of combinations of η things taken r together ; what must be the value of r in order the number may be the greatest possible. 7. There are three numbers, the difference of whose differences is 6, their sum is 33, and their product 1071 ; find the numbers. 8. Expand (x + a) n, η being any whole number. 9. Find the cube root of 217 by the Binomial Theorem correct to 4 places of decimals. 10. Prove that any number is divisible by 3 or 9 if the sum of its digits is divisible by the same numbers. 11. Find the present value of an annuity of 100 to commence 5 years hence and continue ten years, money being worth 10 per cent, per annum. 12. If 1 _ A B C (x a) (x V) (x c) χ α χ b χ c for all values of», determine the values of AB and C.

166 EXAMINATION PAPEKS. 37 SECOND YBAE. SECOND DIVISION. ALGhEBRA. 1. State and prove the rule for determining the greatest common measure of two numbers. a 2. Explain the meaning of the expression -, and thence a 0 ac _ prove that - of - equals ; ; a, h, c, and d beingwhole numbers. b d bel 3.- Find the square root of v. 5 in the form of the sum of two surds ; what property of quadratic surds is assumed in the process? 4. Solve the equations (1) 3.τ a; = 36 f, (2) /sjïu = 1 -,\/ α ΙΞ«. χ a ro + a 5. When does one quantity vary as another? Shew that this relation between two variable quantities can (with proper limitations) be expressed by a constant ratio. 6. Find the value öf the Decimal ' ; the last three figures recurring. 7. One of two clocks keeps accurate time, and the other gains very nearly 4 minutes a day ; their beats coincide at 3 h 27 m 15 s, and at' 3 d 45 m 20 s by the gaining clock ; determine its exact gaining rate. 8. Insert any number of- terms between two given terms, so that the whole may be in Arithmetical Progression ; and shew

167 38 EXAMINATION PAPERS. that the sum of the series thus formed varies as the whole number of terms. 9. Eight persons sit round a table ; find the number of ways in which they can be arranged so that two particular persons may not sit next to each other. 10. Find the number of combinations of η things taken r together ; what must be the value of r in order that the number may be as great as possible? 11. There are three numbers, the difference of whose differences is 6, their sum 33, and their product 1071 ; find the numbers. 12. Solve the equation ν χ - - = y œ _ ' SECOND TEAR. TRIGONOMETRY. 1. Prove the formulas Sin (180 - A) = Sin A, Tan (180 + A) = Tan A, Cos ( - A) = Cos A. 2. Trace the variations in sign and magnitude of the cotangent of an angle through the four quadrants. 3. Investigate a formula for all angles which have a given tangent, supposing a to be the least of them. 4. Find tan A in terms of tan 2 A, and account for the double value.

168 5. Prove the formulae EXAMINATION PAPEBS. 39 Sin A + Sin B = 2 Sin i (A + B) Cos (A - B), Cos A, Cos B, Cos C = I Cos (A + B + C) + Cos (1 + B - C) + Cos (A - B + C) + Cos (A- B - C)}. 6. Explain the ambiguous case in the solution of triangles. 7. Find the areas of regular polyons of η sides circumscribed about a circle, and inscribed in it ; and deduce the area of a circle in terms of π and the radius. 8. Explain the use of a table of logarithms, and the particular advantages of the base Find the values of logi 4^ I 0^3 (27) Assuming the series log, "(1 + a 0 = x ~Y prove that χ2 "œ 3 + J log«(as + 1) = 2 loge «log«. (» 1) ( ) (2¾ (2» 2 -l) 3 + &o j 11. Prove Demoivre's Theorem. 12. Shew that on α θ N/~I L - θ -J*=! 2 Cos θ = e + e o / 1 β- α θ V^n - θ s/~\ 2/-1 Sin θ = e e 13. Sum the series Cos a + Cos 3 a + Cos Ba + + Cos (2 η 1) a. 14. Having given that Sin 2 A = f, find the values of A.

169 40 EXAMINATION PAPERS. FIRST TEAR. CLASSICS. TERENCE. PHOEMIO. Translate into English DE. Itane tandem uxorem duxit Anfcipho injussn meo? Nee meum imperium : ac, mitto Imperium : non simultatem meam Revereri saltern? non pudere? O facinus audax! O Geta Monitor. GE. Vix tandem. DE. Quid mihi dicent? aut quam causam reperient? Demiror. GE. Atqui reperi jam : aliud cura. DE. An hoc dicet mihi? Invitus feci ; lex coegit : audio : fateor. GE. Places. DE. Verum scientem, taciturn, causam rädere advorsariis. Btiam idne lex coegit? GE. Illud durum. PH. Ego expediam ; sine. DE. Incertum'st quid agam ; quia prseter spem, atque incredibile hoc mi obtigit : Ita sum irritatus, animum ut nequeam ad cogitandum instituere. Quamobrem omnes, cum secundce res sunt maxume, tum maxume Meditari secum oportet, quo pacto advorsam œrumnam ferant. Pericia, damna, exilia peregre rediens semper cogitefc, Aut fili peccatum, aut uxoris mortem, aut morbum filite : Communia esse hœc: ne quid horum unquam aeeidat animo no vom. Quicquid praeter spem eveniat, omne id deputare esse in lucro. GE. O Phsedria, incredibile quantum herum anteeo sapientia! Meditata mihi sunt omnia mea incommoda, herus si redierit :

170 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 41. Molendum'sfc in pistrino : vapulandum : habendum compedes : Opus ruri faciundum : horum nil quicquam accidet animo no vom. Quicquid praeter spem eveniet, omne id deputabo esse in lucro. Sed quid cessas homiuem adiré, et blande in principio alloqui? DE. Phsedriam, mei fratris video filium mi ire obviam. PH. Mi patrue, salve. DE. Salve : sed ubi est Antipho? PH. Salvom advenire DE. Credo : hoc responde mihi. PH. Valet : hic est : sed satin' omnia es sententia? DE. Vellem quidem. PH. Quid istuc est? What are the metres in this passage? Scan the following lines : Nee meum Imperium ac mitto imperium non simultatem meam Quamobrem omnes cum secundas res sunt maxime tum maxime Dari mi in conspectum nunc sua culpa ut sciât. Translate into English GE. TJbi in gyneeceum ire occipio, puer ad me accurrit Mida : Pone apprehendit pallio, resupinat : respicio : rogo," Quamobrem retineat me : ait, esse vetitum intro ad heram accederé. Sophrona modo fratrem hue, inquit, senis introduxit Chremem : Bumque nunc esse intus cum illis : hoc ubi ego audivi, ad fores Suspenso gradu placide ire perrexi : accessi : astiti : Animam compressi : aurem admovi : ita animum cœpi attendere, Hoc modo sermonem captans. AN. EU! Geta. GE. Hie pulcherrumum Pacinus audivi : itaque pasne hercle exclamavi gaudio. AN. Quod? GE. Quodnam arbitrare? AN. Nescio. GE. Atqui mirificissumum : Patruus tuus est pater inventus Phanio, uxori tuas. AN,. Hem! f

171 42 EXAMINATION PAPERS. Quid ais? GE. Gum ejus consuevit olim matre in Lemno clanculum. PH. Somnium! utin' hagc ignoraret suum patrem? GE. Aliquid crédito, Phormio, esse causse : sed me censen' potuisse omnia Intelligere extra ostium, intus quas inter sese ipsi egerint? AN. Atque hercle ego quoque illam inaudivi fabulam. GE. Immo etiam dabo, Quo magis credas : patruus interea inde hue egreditur foras : Haud multo post cum patre idem recipit se intro denuo : Ait uterque tibi potestatem ejus habendi se dare : Denique ego sum missus te ut requirerem atque adducerem. AN. Hem! Quin ergo rape me : quid cessas? GE. Fecero. AN. O mi Phormio, Vale. PH. Vale, Antipho. Bene, ita me Di ament, factum! 1. How does the use of si with present-conditional by the Comic writers differ from Cicero's usage? How would this be expressed in Greek? 2. Give the Greek and Latin ways of expressing the three forms of the universal, (1.) the proper universal, (2.) the individualized class, (3.) the indirect example. Shew that the. last is the formula of the subjunctive mood. 3. How would you shew that the future perfect belongs to the indicative mood? 4. Give the Greek expression answering to sane (I grant but,) and imrrw (nay but,) and shew why it is the same expression for both. 5. How is the Comedy of Terence connected with the social and political condition of Rome in the second Century B.C.?

172 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 43 FIRST TEAE, LIVY.- BOOK II. Translate into English Hoc tantum licentiae Etruscis non meta magis quam consilio concessum. namque Valerius consul intentus in occasionem multos simul et eífusos improviso adoriundi, in parvis rebus negligens ultor, gravem se ad maiora vindicem servabat. itaque ut eliceret praedatores, edicit suis, postero die fréquentes porta Esquilma, quae aversissima ab hoste erat, expellerent pecus, scituros id hostes ratus, quod in obsidione et fame servitia infida transfugerent. et sciere perfugae indicio ; multoque plures, ut in spem universae praedae, tumea traiiciunt. P. Valerius inde T. Herminium cum modicis copiis ad secundum lapidem Gabina via occultum considere iubet, Sp. Lartium cum expedita iuventute ad portam Collinam stare, donee hostis praetereat ; deinde se obiieere, ne sit ad numen reditus. consulum alter T. Lucretius porta Naevia cum ahquot manipulis militum egressus ; ipse Valerius Coelio monte cohortes delectas educit. iique primi apparuere hosti. Herminius ubi tumultum sensit, coneurrit ex insidiis, versisque in Valerium Etruscis terga caedit. dextra laevaque, hinc a porta Collina ilünc ab Naevia, redditus clamor, ita caesi in medio praedatores, ñeque ad pugnam viribus pares, et ad fugara septis omnibus viis. finisque ille tarn effuse evagandi Etruscis fuit." Translate into English Tum primum lex agraria promulgata est, nunquam deinde usque ad hanc memoriam sine maximis motibus rerum agitata, consul alter largitioni resistebat, auetoribus patribus, nee omni

173 44 EXAMINATION PAPEES. plebe adversante, quae primo coeperat fastidire munus vulgatum a civibus isse in socios, saepe deinde et Virginium consulem in concionibus velut vaticinantem audiebat, pestilens collegae munus esse ; agros illos servitutem iis qui acceperint laturos ; regno viam fieri, quid ita enim assumi socios et nomen Latinum? quid attinuisse Hernicis, paullo ante hostibus, capti agri partem tertiam reddi, nisi ut hae gentes pro Coriolano duce Cassium liabeant? popularis iam esse dissuasor et intercessor legis agrariae coeperat. uterque deinde consul certatim plebi indulgere. Verginius dicere passurum se assignari agros, dum ne cui nisi civi Romano assignentur. Cassius quia in agraria largitione ambitiosus in socios eoque civibus vilior erat, ut alio muñere sibi reconcüiaret civium ánimos, iubere pro Siculo frumento pecuniam acceptam retribuí populo, id vero hand secus quam praesentem mercedem regni aspernata plebes : adeo propter suspicionem insitam regni, velut abundarent omnia, muñera eius in animis hominum respuebantur. 1. To what period does the second book of Livy relate? 2. Give an account of the war of which the first passage describes a part. On what authority are we able to correct Livy's account of its issue? Explain the custom at auctions " bona regis Porsenœ vendendi." What effect had this war on the number of the Roman local tribes? 3. How many gates had Rome at this time? Describe the position of the most important. 4. How and on what grounds does Niebuhr explain the TWO annual Chief Magistrates established at the Revolution? What was their title? When was the name " Consul " first used? 5. Give clearly the grounds for Niebuhr's opinion of the usurpation of the election, first of both consuls, afterwards of the senior consul, by the Curies. How is the massacre of the Fabii at the Cremera connected with this? 6. Explain, with dates, the treaties of Rome, with the Latins

174 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 45 and Hernicans, made by Sp. Cassius. How do they shew the decline of Rome's power since the first year of the Republic? What probable influence had the league with the Latins on the settlement at the first secession? 7. The legend of Coriolanus.- What is Niebuhr's reason for postponing the date? How were the successes of the Volsci and. Equi against the Latins and Hernicans ultimately useful to Rome? What was Coriolanus' real merit? 8. Give an account of the "Lex Agraria." How do we know the exact character of that of Cassius? how was it carried? and how evaded? Explain the origin of Livy's misapprehension in the second of the passages for translation. Explain and correct " cum Hernicis fsedus ictum ; agri partes duœ ademptae : inde dimidium Latinis, dimidium Plebi divisurus consul Cassius erat." 9. The history of the Tribunate of the Plebs until the passing of the law of Volero Publilius. FIRST YEAR. PLATO ÎKMDO. 1. Translate into English Ei μεν εστίν α θρυχοΰμεν αεί, καλόν τε καϊ àr/αθον και πάσα η τοιαύτη ουσία, και εττι ταυτην τα εκ των αισθήσεων ττάντα αναφερομεν, υτταρ χουσαν ττροτερον άνευρίσκοντες ήμετέραν ούσαν, και ταύτα εκείνη ιττεικαζομεν, ιναηκαΐον, ούτω'; ωςττερ και ταΰτα εστίν οντω<; και την ημετεραν ψυγην eivai καϊ ττριν

175 46 EXAMINATION PAPERS. γεγονεναι ημάς' el δε μη εστί ταύτα, αχλως αν 6 λόγο? ούτος ειρημενος εϊη ; αρ ούτως έχει, και 'ίση ανάγκη ταΰτά τε εινακαι τας ημετέρας ^υχας, ττριν και ημάς γεγονεναι, και ει μη ταΰτα, ούβε τάδε ; ' Τπερφυώς, εφη, ω Σώκρατες, ό Σιμμίας, 8οκεΐ μοι ή αύτη ανάγκη είναι, καΐ εις.καλόν γε καταφεύγει ο λόγος ει? το ομοίως είναι την τε ψυχην ημών, πρϊν γενέσθαι ημάς, και την ούσίαν, ην συ νυν λέγει?, ού yàp έχω εγωγε ούβεν ούτω μοι εναργές 6ν, ως τούτο, το πάντα τά τοιαύτα ε'ίναι ως οΐόν τε μάλιστα, καλόν τε και άγαθον και ταχλα πάντα, α συ νύν 8η έλεγες' και εμοιγε ίκανώς άποβεβεικται. 2. Translate into English ΕπειΒάν τις πιστευση λόγω TtW άληθεΐ είναι άνευ της περϊ τους λόγοι»? τέχνης, καπειτα oxíryov ύστερον αύτω 8όξη -ψ-ευβης είναι, ενίοτε μεν ων, ενίοτε δ' ούκ ων, κα\ αύθις έτερος και έτερος, και μάλιστα 8η οι περί τους άντιλογικους λόγοι»? Βιατρίψαντες οΐσθ' 'ότι τελευτώντες οϊονται σοψώτατοι γεγονεναι τε καϊ κατανενοηκεναι μόνοι, ότι ούτε των πραγμάτων ούβενος ούβεν νγιες ούβε βέβαιον ούτε των \όγων, άλλα πάντα τα οντά, άτεγνώς ώςπερ εν Εύρίπω, ανω και κάτω στρέφεται και γρονον ούβενα εν ούβενϊ μένει. Πάνυ μεν ουν, εφην εγω, αληθή λέγεις. Ούκοϋν, ώ ΦαίΒων, εφη, οίκτραν αν εϊη το πάθος, ει οντος 8η τίνος αληθούς και βέβαιου λόγου καϊ Βυνατού κατανοήσαι, έπειτα Βια το παραγίηνεσθαι τοιοντοις τισϊ Χόγοις τοις αύτοις τότε μεν Βοκούσιν άληθεσιν είναι, τότε 8ε μή, μη εαυτόν τις αίτιωτο, μηβε την εαυτού άτεχνίαν, άλλα τελευτών Βια το άλγείν άσμένος επι τους λόγου? αφ εαυτού την αιτιαν αττωσαιτο t κα\ ηβη τον λοιπόν βίον μισών τε και ΧοιΒορών τους λογούς Βιατελοΐ, τών 8ε όντων της αληθείας τε και επιστήμης στερηθείη ; Νη τον Λία, ην δ' εγώ, οίκτρον Βήτα. Πρώτον μεν τοίνυν, εφη, τούτο εΰλαβηθώμεν, κάί μη

176 EXAMINATION PAPEES. 47 παρίωμεν etc την ψυχήν, &>ç των λόγων KivSi/veúet ovsèv t»ytèç eîvcu, άλλα πολύ μάχχον, οτι ήμεΐ<{ ονττω ύγιώ? 'έγομεν, άλλ' άνδριστέον καϊ ττροθυμητέον ύγίω? ë%eiv. 1. Give some account of Phsedo, Simmias and Gebes. 2. Why was pre-existence necessary to the proof of immortality to the Greeks? 3. Explain Plato's άνάμνησις. In what form would modern philosophy express the superiority of the ideal to the real? In what way may this be an argument for immortality? 4. Was Plato's δέα of Good, as far as developed by him, a conscious moral being, or merely a perfect type? 5. What is the relation of the doctrine of the Harmony to the general argument? How is it refuted? 6. On what kind of argument would a modern psychologist chiefly rely to infer Immortality? Does Plato employ it? 7. Positive Philosophy is inconsistent in excluding the question of the existence and immortality of the soul from the range of inductive science. 8. What is the meaning of the μΰθος in. the Phœdo? 9. What is the scientific value of the Dialogue form in Plato's works? FIRST YEAR. M A T H E M A T I C S. EUCLID. ' 1. If two triangles have two sides of the one equal to two sides of the other each to each ; but the angle contained by the

177 48 EXAMINATION PAPERS. two sides of the one, greater than the aagle contained by the two sides of the other, the base of the one which has the greater angle shall be greater than the base of the other. 2. The opposite sides and angles of parallelograms are equal to one another. 3. If a straight line be divided into any two parts, the squares of the whole line and one of the parts, are equal to twice the rectangle contained by the whole and that part, together with the square of the other part. 4. If a straight line from the centre of a circle bisect another straight line which does not pass through the centre, it shall cut it at right angles ; and if it cut it at right angles it shall bisect it. 5. The angle at the centre of a circle is double the angle at the circumference on the same base. 6. Describe a circle about a given square. 7. If any number of magnitudes be proportionals, as one antecedent is to its consequent, so shall the sum of the antecedents be to the sum of the consequents. 8. Equiangular parallelograms have to one another the ratio compounded of the ratios of their sides. 9. Planes to which the same straight line is perpendicular are parallel to one another. 10. If A B C P be a parallelogram, and from any point E in its diagonal A C, E B and E D be drawn, the triangles EBC and EDC shall be equal. 11. Prove that the perimeter of a square is less than that of any parallelogram equal to it. 12. The points from which equal tangents can be drawn to two unequal circles, all lie in a straight line perpendicular to the line joining their centres. 13. Divide a given triangle into two parts having a given ratio to one another, by a line parallel to one of the sides.

178 EXAMINATION. PAPERS. 49 FIRST YEAR. AEITHMETIC AND ALGEBRA. a 1. Explain what is meant by the symbol ; and shew that b where m is a whole number. mb Deduce the rules (1) For dividing a fraction by any number ; (2) For adding two fractions together. 2. Add together the fractions T ~ÏÔ TF "7o~' and reduce the result to a decimal. 3. Find the value of "9 ; and deduce a rule for expressing a recurring decimal as a vulgar fraction ; Ex Find the values in shillings and pence of the followino 87264, -819, -7 2 of 2s. 6d. 5. A piece of hoop iron 8 inches long, weights 2 ozs. ; find the length of 1 cwt. of the same material. 6. Find the square roots of the following, each to 4 place of decimals 1 7,, , Explain the origin and meanings of the expressions

179 50 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 8. Find the value of the expression 2 + Vx 2 a 2 2x ν/«2 a 2 2x - Vx 2 - a? 2χ + Λ/» 2 - α 2, 7/1 + 2 when κ = 10-3m 9. If α be prime to δ, but be divisible by a, shew that c is divia sible by a. Hence shew that is in its lowest terms. 10. Find the conditions in order that the equations ax + by = c a'x + b'y = c' may be (1) Identical ; (2) Contradictory. Find what the vulues of χ and y become under these conditions. 11. Solve the equations ((B + a) 4-6 a 2 x 2-3 ax (a 2 + x 2 ) = o ai 2 + y 2 + xy 2 + χ 2 y = 4»3 + y» = 8. J 12. If a and β be the roots of the equation ax 2 + bx + c = o, Shew, without solving the equation, that 6 a + β = a c aß = C' and that the equation whose roots are α β and > is β a ac b 2 x χ + I o.

180 EXAMINATION PAPEES Find the sum of a series in Arithmetical Progression. Using the common notation, shew that and find η in terms of a, b, s. 14. Sum the series η s = (a + I),, 1 to η terms. a + b a + b CHEMISTRY. 1. Give a brief statement of the laws of combination. 2. State how much oxygen, by weight and bulk, at standard temperature and pressure, is obtainable from an equivalent in grs. of the chlorate of Potassa, subjected to sufficient heat to entirely decompose it ; give the formula for the residual compound, and its weight. 3. If the salt left, in the case mentioned, be dissolved in water, and a sufficient quantity of nitrate of silver added, what what will be the weight of the insoluble compound formed, its formula, and what quantity of dry salt will be contained in the solution? 4. Give the names and formulas of the various compounds of nitrogen and oxygen. 5. Represent by a diagram, the action of nitric acid upon metallic copper : also, the action of cold dilute niric acid upon metallic tin.

181 52 EXAMINATION PAPEES. 6. Give a table of the equivalents and symbols of twenty of the most important elements. 7. Enumerate the various compounds of phosphoric acid and water, state the mode of preparation of these hydrates, and the number of equivalents of base with which they severally combine. 8. Give diagrams to illustrate the decomposition effected by a solution of nitrate of silver in solutions of the subphosphate of soda, the phosphate of soda, the pyrophosphate of soda, and the metaphosphate of soda, 9. State the specific gravity of copper, tin, lead, silver and gold. 10. Write the fórmala for prussic acid ; state the different strengths at which it is sold for the purpose of medicine ; and also the tests for determining its presence. 11. If the formula for a binary compound is written, the formula for which element is placed first? 12. State the characteristic tests of the following elements : chlorine, bromine, iodine, and fluorine. 13. How may a salt of potassa be distinguished from a salt of soda? State how, in the employment of one of the tests, the precipitate formed by a potassa salt may be distinguished from the precipitate that would be obtained by a salt of ammonia. 14. Give the names and symbols of the alkaline earths ; state their general characters, and how they may be distinguished from each other. 15. How may cast-iron be converted to wrought-iron? give the tests for Iron in solution, distinguishing between a proto-salt and a per-salt. 16. Write the formulas for the following compounds, according to the salt radical theory : hydrated sulphuric acid, hydrated nitric acid, nitrate of potassa, and nitrate of soda; give the names proposed for these compounds, in accordance with that theory.

182 EXAMINATION PAPEES Show by a diagram the reaction between the terchloride of Phosphorus and Water, with the formulas of the products, also the same particulars in the case of the Pentachloride of Phosphorus. 18. Describe how Metallic Lead may be obtained from the ore which is most abundant ; give the formula from the ore. 19. Give the formulas for Litharge and Red Lead ; state how they are prepared CLASSICS. MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. Translate into Latin I. CANDIDATES FOR SCHOLARSHIPS. 1. Oh! my friend, I think sometimes, could I recall the days that are past, which among them should I choose? not those " merrier days," not the " pleasant days of hope," not " those wanderings with a fair hair'd maid," which I have so often and so feelingly regretted, but the days, my friend, of a mother's fondness for her school-boy. What would I give to call her back to earth for one day, on my knees to ask her pardon for all those little asperities of temper which, from time to time, gave

183 54 EXAMINATION PAPERS. her gentle spirit pain ; and the day, I trust, will come ; there will be time enough for kind offices of love, if " Heaven's eternal year" be ours. Hereafter her meek spirit shall not reproach me. II. MATRICULATION. 1. Then the dictator, having enforced silence, says: It is well, O Romans. Military discipline has prevailed : the dignity of superior command has conquered : both of which were exposed to the risk, whether they were henceforth to exist at all. Q. Fabius, who fought in disobedience to his commander, is not acquitted of guilt ; but being condemned of guilt, is granted to the wishes of the Roman people ; is granted to the authority of the tribunes, which brought to him an aid not constitutional, but resting on entreaty. Live, Quintus Fabius! happier in the unanimity of the State to defend you, than in the victory in which you a little while ago exulted. Live, though you have dared a deed, which not even your parent would have forgiven, if he had been in the same position as Lucius Papirius. MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. (One passage only required for Translate into English Matriculation.) I. Hoc anno (quoscunque cónsules habuit) rei ad populum Furius ct Manlius circumeunt sordidati ; non plebem magis quam juniores patrum suadent, mouent : Honoribns et administratione rei publicae abstmeant ; consulares vero fasces, praetextam cum-

184 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 55 lemque sellam nihil aliud quam pompam funeris putent. Claris insignibus velut infulis velatos ad mortem destinari. Quod si consulatus tanta dulcedo sit, jam nunc ita in animum inducant consulatum captum et oppressum ab tribunicia potestate esse ; consuli velut apparitori tribunicio omnia ad nutum imperiumque tribuni agenda esse. Si se commoverit, si respexerit patres, si aliud quam plebem esse in re publica crediderit, exsilium C. Marcii, Menenii damnationem et mortem proponat ante oculos. II. Otho interim, contra spem omnium, non deliciis ñeque desidia torpescere. Dilatae voluptates, dissimulata luxuria et cuneta ad decorem imperii composita : eoque plus formidinis adferebant falsae virtutes et vitia reditura. Marium Celsum consulem designatum per speoiem vinculoram saevitiae militum subtractum acciri in Capitolium jubet : clementiae titulus e viro claro et partibus inviso petebatur. Celsus, constanter servatae erga Galbam fidei crimen confessus, exemplum ultro imputavit. Nee Otho quasi ignosceret ; sed ne hostem se metueret conciliationes adhibens statim inter Íntimos amieos habuit et mox bello inter duces delegit : mansitque Celso velut fataliter etiam pro Othone fides integra et infelix. III. An mérito reprehendat in quadam epístola Epicurus eos, qui dicunt sapientem seipso esse contentum, et propter hoc amico non indigere, desideras scire. Hoc obiicitur Stilponi ab Epicuro, et his quibus summum bonum visum est animus impatiens. In ambiguitatem incidendum est si exprimere άπάθειαν uno verbo cito voluerimus et impatientiam dicere. Poterit enim contrarium ei quod significare volumus intelligi. Nos enim eum volumus dicere, qui respuat omnis malí sensum : accipietur is qui nullum possit ferre malum. Vide ergo nnm satius sit, aut iuvulnerabilem animum dicere aut animum extra omnem patientiam positum. Hoc inter nos et illos interest. Noster sapiens vincit quidem incommodum omne sed sentit : illorum, ne sentit

185 56 EXAMINATION PAPERS. quidem. Illud nobis cum illis commune est, sapientem seipso esse contentum : sed tamen et amicum habere vnlt, et vicinum, et contubernalem, quamvis sibi ipse sufficiat. IV. Si ciuis Romanus Latinam aut peregrinam uxorem duxerit per ignorantiam, cum earn ciuem Romanam esse crederet, et filium procreauerit, hic non est in potestate, quia ne quidem ciuis Romanus est, sed aut Latinus, aut peregrinus, id est eius condicionis cuius et mater fuerit, quia non aliter quisquam ad patris condicionem accedit quam si inter patrem et matrem eius connubium sit : sed ex senatusconsulto permittitur causam erroris probare, et ita uxor quoque et filius ad ciuitatem Romanam perueniunt, et ex eo tempore incipit filius in potestate patris esse. Idem iuris est si earn per ignorantiam uxorem duxerit quae dediticiorum numero est ; nisi quod uxor non fit ciuis Romana. Item si ciuis Romana per errorem nupta sit peregrino tamquam ciui Romano, permittitur ei causam erroris probare, et ita filius quoque et maritus ad ciuitatem Romanam perueniunt, et aeque simul incipit filius in potestate patris esse. MATEICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. (One passage only reqtiired for Matriculation.) Translate into English I. Δόξαν ημίν ταύτα, ττορευόμεθα. 'Εττει&ή δε èv τω προθύρφ άηενομεθα, έπισταντες περί τίνος λόγοι/ Βιέλ&γόμεθα, êç ημίν κατά την 6Βον νέττεσεν Xv ουν μη άτέλης yévotto, άλλα διαπερανάμενοί οΰτως είσίοιμεν, στώ/τε? ev τω προθύρφ ΒίβΚΐηόμεθα, eo>ç συνωμοχο'γησαμεν αλληλοις. Bo/ceî ουν μοι,

186 .EXAMINATION PAPKRS. 57 ó θυρωροί, ευνούχος τκ, κατήκουεν ημών, κινδυνεύει Βε Βια το πλήθος των σοφιστών άχθεσθαι τοις φοιτώσιν εις την οΐκίαν. επειβη γούν εκρούσαμεν την θυραν, άνοίξας καϊ ίβών ημάς, "Ea, εφη, σοφισταί τίνες' ού σχολή αυτω. Και άμα άμφοΐν τοίν χεροΐν την θυραν -πάνυ προθύμως ώς οΐός τ ην επηραξε. καϊ ημείς πάλιν εκρούομεν. καϊ ος εγκεκλειμενης της θύρας άποκρινόμενος είπεν, '/2 άνθρωποι, εφη, ουκ ακηκοατε, οτι ού σχόλη αυτω ; ΆΧλ.' ω 'γαθε, εφην εγώ, οΰτε παρά Καλλίαν ηκομεν οΰτε σοφισταί εσμεν, àwà θαρρεί' Πρωταγόραν γάρ TOI Βεόμενοι IBeîv ηλθομεν. είσάγγείλον οΰν. Μόγις ονν ποτέ. ημιν άνθρωπος άνέωξε την θυραν. II. Δειπνούντων Βε αυτών, ο Φίλιππος γελοιόν Tt ευθύς επεχείρει λέγειν, "να Βη επιτελοίη ώνπερ ένεκα εκαλεΐτο εκάστοτε επϊ τα Βεϊπνα. Ώς B' ουκ εκίνησε γέλωτα, τότε μεν άχθεσθεϊς φανερός εγενετο. Αύθις δ' ολίγον ύστερον άλλο τι γέλοΐον εβούλετο λέγειν. Ής Βε ούβε τότε εγελασαν επ αυτω, εν τω μεταξύ παυσάμενος του Βείπνου, συγκαχυψάμενος κατεκειτο. KaI è Καλλίας τι τούτ, εφη, ω Φίλιππε ; αλλ' η Βύνη σε εϊληφε ; Και ος αναστενάξας ^ειπε, ναι μα Δι, εφη, ώ Κάλλια, μεγάλη γε. Έπει γαρ γελως εξ ανθρώπων άπολωλεν, ερρει τα εμα, πράγματα. ΤΙρόσθεν μεν.γαρ τούτου ένεκα εκαλούμην επϊ τα Βεϊπνα, 'ίνα εύφραίνοιντο οι συνόντες, Bi εμε γελώντες νυν Βε τίνος ένεκα καϊ καλεί με τις ; οΰτε γαρ ετ/ωγε σπουβάσαι αν Βυναίμην μάλλον, ηπερ αθάνατος γενέσθαι, οΰτε μην ώς άντικληθησόμένος καλεί μέ τις, επει πάντες ϊσασιν, οτι αρχήν ούβε νομίζεται είς την εμην οίκίαν Βείπνον είςφερεσθαι. Καϊ άμα λέγων ταύτα άπεμύττετό τε, και ττ) φωνί) σαφώς κλαίειν εφαίνετο. III. Νομίζω Βε και τον θεντα τον νόμον ταύτην την Βιάνοιαν εχειν αποβλέψαντα των πολιτών προς τους κρείττους τών αρχόντων καϊ των νόμων, επειβη παρά τών τοιούτων ούκ h

187 58 EXAMINATION PAPERS. εστίν isiq, 5ίκην λαβείν, 8ημοσίαν τιμωρίαν ύπερ των αδικούμενων κατασκευάσαι. ε'γώ τοίνυν ev τε τω κοινω κεκριμαί τετράκις, Sía τε ovséva SιεκώXυσa 8ικάζεσθαι βούλόμενον Αλκιβιάδης Se τοιαύτα εργασάμενος ού8εμίαν πώποτε 8ίκην ύποσχείν ετόλμησεν. οΰτω γαρ χαλεπός εστίν, ώστε ου περί των παρεληχυθότων àsik-ημάτων αύτον τιμωρούνται λλ' ΰττερ των μελλόντων φοβούνται, και τοις μεν πεπονθόσι κακώς άνεχεσθαι Χνσιτέλει, τούτω δέ ουκ εξαρκεΐ, εΐ μη κα\ το Χοιπον ο Tt αν βούχηται διαττράξηται. IV. Μετά Se την τών Ηρακλείδων κάθοΰον και τον της χώρας μερισμον ΰττ αυτών και τών σιτγκατεχθόντων αύτοις Δωριέων εκπεσείν της οικείας συνέβη πολλούς εις την Άττικην, ων ην και 6 της Μεσσήνης βασιλεύς ΜεΧανθος ούτος Se και τών 'Αθηναίων εβασίλευσεν εκόντων, νικησας εκ μονομαχίας τον τών Βοιωτών βασιλέα Έάνθον. εύανδρουσης Sε της Αττικής Sià του? φυγάδα?, φοβηθέντες οι ΉρακΧείδαι, παρόζυνάντων αυτούς μάχιστα τών êv Κορίνθω και τών εν Μεσσήνη, τών μεν Sià την ηειτνίασιν, τών Se, 'ότι Κόδρο? της 'Αττικής εβασίλευε τότε ό του ΜεΧάνθον παις, στράτευσαν επι την Άττικην ηττηθεντες Sk μάχη της μεν αχχης επέστησαν γης, την Μεηαρικην Se κατέσχον και την τε ποχιν έκτισαν τα Méyapa και τους ανθρώπους Δωριεας αντί 'Ιώνων εποίησαν ηφάνισαν Se καΐ την στηλην την ορίζουσαν τους τε Ίωνας και τους ΠεΧοποννησίονς.

188 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 59 MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. (One passage only required for Matriculation.) Translate into English I. Summa deûm Pietas, cujus gratissima cœlo Rara profanatas inspectant numina terras, Hue vittata comam, niveoque insignis amictû, Qualis adhuc praesens, nullaque expulsa nocéntum Fraude, rudes populos atque aurea regna colebas, Mitibus exsequiis ades, et lugentis Etrusci Cerne pios fletus, laudataque luinina terge. Nam quis inexplëto rumpeütem pectora questu, Complexumque rogos, incumbëntemque favillis Adspiciens, non äut primœvse fanera plangi Conjugis, aut nati modo pubescentia crëdat Ora rapi flammis? pater est, qui fletur : âdestê Dique hominesque sacris : procul hinc, procul ite nocentes. Tenet ecce seniles Leniter applicitus vultus, sanctamque parentis Canitiem spargit lacrymis, animœque supremum Frigus amat : céleres genitoris filius annos, (Mira fides,) nigrasque putat properasse sórores. Π. Vicinus meus est, manuque tangi De nostris Novius potest fenestris. Quis non invideat mihi, putetque Horis omnibus esse me beatum, Juncto cui liceat frui sodale? Tarn longe est mihi, quam Terentianus, Qui nunc Niliacam regit Syenen. Non convivere, nee videre saltern,

189 60 EXAMINATION PAPERS. Non audire licet : nee urbe tota Quisquam est tam prope, tam proculque nobis. Migrandum est mihi longius, vel illi. Vicinus Novio, vel inquilinus Sit, si quis Novium videre non vult. III. IV. Quid trahor ulterius, Stilicho? quid vincere differs, Dum certare pudet? nescis, quod turpior hostis Laetitia majore cadit? pirática Magnum Erigit, illustrât servilis laurea Crassum. Annuis : agnosco fremitum, quo palluit Eurus, Quo Mauri Gildoque ruit. Quid Martia signa Sollicitas? non est jaculis hastisve petendus : Conscia succumbent ándito verbere terga. Ut Scytha post multos rediens exercitus annos, Cum sibi servilis pro finibus obvia pubes Iret, et arceret dominos tellure reversos, Armatam ostensis aciem fudere flagellis. Notus ab ineeptis ignobile repulit horror Vulgus, et adductus sub verbera torpuit ensis. Thebarum regina fui, Sipyleia cautes Quae modo sum : lassi numina Latoidûm. Bis Septem natis genitrix lœta atque superba, Tot duxi mater fuñera, qnot genui. Nec satis hoc divis : duro circumdata saxo A mi si humani corporis eflîgiem. Sed dolor, obstructis quanquam vital ibus, haeret. Perpetuasque rigat fonte pio lacrymas. Pro facinus! tantsene animis cœlestibus irse? Durât adhuc luctus matris, imago pérît.

190 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 61 MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. Translate into English 1. "Sol δ' εγώ εσθχά νοεων ερεω, μεηα νητηε Πέρση, την μεν τοι κακότητα καϊ ΐλαδον εστίν εχεσθαι ρηϊδίως Χείη μεν οδός, μάλα δ' εγγυθι ratet. της δ' αρετή 1 ; ίδρωτα θεοί προπάροιθεν εθηκαν αθάνατοι, μάκρος δε καϊ όρθιος οΐμος ες αυτήν και τρηγυς το πρώτον εττην δ' etc άκρον ικηται, ρηϊδίη δη εττειτα πεκει, χαλεπή ττερ εοΰσα. Ούτος μεν ττανάριστος, ος αύτω πάντα νόηση, φρασσάμενος τά κ έπειτα καϊ ες τέλος ησιν άμείνω εσθλος δ' αυ κάκεΐνος, ος ευ είποντι πίθηται ος δε /ce μητ αυτός νοεη μήτ άλλου άκουων εν θνμω βάλχηται, ο δ' αΰτ à-χρήϊος άνήρ. 2. Τις yàp παχαίσας ευ, τις ώκύπονς άνηρ, η δίσκον αράς, ή γνάθον παίσας καλώς, πάλει πατρώα στεφανον ηρκεσεν ~λαβών ; πότερα μαγουνται πολεμίοισιν εν χεροΐν δίσκους έχοντες, ή δι ασπίδων ποσϊ θείνοντες εκβάλοΰσι πολεμίους πάτρας ; ούδεϊς σίδηρου ταΰτα μωραίνει πελας στάς. άνδρας ουν ε-χρήν σοφούς τε κό/γαθούς φύλλοις στεφεσθαι, -χωστις η γεΐται πάλει κάλλιστα, σώφρων καϊ δίκαιος ων άνηρ, όστις <γε μύθοις φγ' απαλλάσσει κακά, μαγας τ άφαιρων και στάσεις τοιαύτα yàp πολει τε πάστ) πάσ'ι θ 'Ελλησιν καλά.

191 62 EXAMINATION PAPEES. 3. íl μωρέ μωρέ, ταΰτα ττάντ εν Tr)S 1 ενι, οίκείν μεν εν àr/ρω τοΐττον εν τω <γηβίω άπαχχαγέντα των κατ àr/opàv πραγμάτων, κεκτημένου ζευγαριού οικείου βοοίν, εττειτ άκούειν ττροβατίων βληγωμενων, τρυγάς τε φωνήν etc Χεκάνην ωθούμενης, οψω 8ε χρήσθαι σπινιδίοκ τε και κνχχαις, καΐ μη ιτεριμενειν εξ cvyopâ<; ΙχθύοΊα τριταία ττοχντίμητα βεβασανισμενα εττ ΙχθυοττώΧου χειρι παρανομωτάτρ. MATRICULATION AND SCHOLARSHIPS. 1. Translate into Latin Hexameters O mother Ida, many-fountain'd Ida, Dear mother Ida, hearken ere I die. For now the noon-day quiet holds the hill : The grass-hopper is silent in the grass : The lizard with his shadow on the stone Rests like a shadow, and the cicala sleeps The purple flowers droop : the golden bee Is lily-cradled : I alone awake. My heart is breaking, and my eyes are dim, And I am all a-weary of my life. 2. Translate into Latin Elegiacs We watch'd her breathing through the night, Her breathing soft and low, As in her breast the wave of life Kept heaving to and fro.

192 EXAMINATION PAPBES. 63 But when the morn came dim and sad And chill with early showers, Her quiet eye-lids closed she had Another morn than ours. 3. Translate into Greek Iamb. Trim. Acat Whom can we accuse But ourselves, for what we suffer? Thou art just Thou all-creating Power! and misery Instructs me now that yesterday acknowledged. No deity beyond my lust and pride, There is a heaven above us that looks down With the eyes of Justice upon such as number Those blessings freely given, in the accompt Of their poor merits : else it could not be Now miserable I, to please whose palate The elements were ransack'd, yet complained Of nature as not liberal enough To sooth my lusts, and pamper my proud flesh- Should wish in vain for bread. MATEICTJLATION EXAMINATION. 1. Multiply 24 18s. 7 d. by 47, and divide the product by the same number Find the value of of of 17s. 6d., and express the result as a decimal of a pound. 3. Find the amount of 280 at compound interest for two years and a-half at 8 per cent.

193 64. EXAMINATION PAPERS. 4. Extract the square root of ; also of -003 to four places of decimals. 5. Prove (a b) (c d) = ac ad be + bd; a, b, c, and d being whole numbers. Ώ Ί.,, 3-39 a Reduce to its lowest terms the expression ; r x 2 3 χ Simplify the expressions 1 1 a να 2 χ 2 a + Va? x 2 and {ab 2. JaW. VaW. VTW]*- 3 3x ~ 5 8. Solve the equations Ix + = 5 3 and 7x + 9y = 24 / - Sx = Define a plane superficies ; a right angle ; a circle ; parallel straight lines ; and state the axiom relative to the latter. 10. Draw a right line perpendicular to a given right line from a given point without it. 11. Parallelograms on the same base and between the same parallels are equal to one another. 12. If the square on one side of a triangle be equal to the sum of the squares on the other two sides, the angle contained by those two sides shall be a right angle.

194 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 65 FIRST TEAR. SCHOLARSHIPS. MATHEMATICS. 1. Solve the equation ax? + bx + c = o. Find what the values of χ become (1) when c = o (2) when b = o and c = o. 2. Simplify the expressions ^a 3 - Qa? x'+ 9cw 2, I ^S - ^2 3. Solve the equation 2» 3 +'2œ& - V- = (2a + V) x. 4. Find the n th term, and the sum (i) of η terms of an arithmetical progression in terms of the first term (a), the common difference (δ) and η ; Also find η in terms of a, s and the last term I, Ex. a = 1, I = 6¾, s = 45 ; find TO. 5. Find the number of permutations of η things taken r together. What does the formula become when η = r? 6. "Write down four terms of the expansion of (a + V) n. In what cases is the number of terms in this expansion infinite? 7. Find the (r + l) lh term in the expansion of (1 + x) n. Ex. Find the 7th term in the expansion of (1 x) If a straight line be divided into two equal, and also into two unequal parts, the rectangle contained by the unequal parts, together with the square of the line between the points of section, shall be equal to the square of half the line. Divide a given straight line so that the rectangle contained by the two parts may be the greatest possible.

195 66 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 9. Find the centre of a given circle. 10. Shew that angles in the same segment of a circle are equal to one another. 11. Shew that the chords joining the extremities of pai'allel chords in a circle, towards the same parts, are equal. 12. Inscribe a square in a given circle. SECOND TEAR. SCHOLARSHIPS. AEITHMETIC AND ALGEBRA. 1. Find the value of the series Y + JJ + ΊΓτΤ + correct to five places of decimals ; and divide 3 by the result. 2. Find the values of the following expressions each to 5 places of decimals, vts - -/J ι ^15 + </3 ' ^ Prove that a" b n is divisible by a + b when η is even. What is the value of the fraction a«- & e when h = a? Solve the equations 8a; » » » --4 2» 4 4» 3 ~~ 4» 7 2a; - 1 x2 ( œ _ 4) = 10 (» a - 4a;) a; 2 - y* = 21 ") xv = 10 )

196 EXAMINATION PAPERS Find the value of the fraction a χ + </2αχ χ 2 a χ a when χ = a. Λ + (δ - I) 2 6. If a and β be the roots of the equation ax 2 + hx + c = o, shew, without solving the equation, that δ # - a + β = - a c aß =. a Form an equation whose roots shall be a 2 and / Shew how to sum the series a + (a + V) r + (a + 2δ) r 2 + to»terms. Sum the series 1 + 2» + 3 a: 2 + ex 9 '+ + nx n ~K 8. Find the number of words of three letters, each beginning with a consonant, which can be formed with 4 consonants and 5 vowels. 9. Prove the Binomial Theorem for a positive integral index. 10. Expand (1 x) ~ n, (1 2œ) -3, each to 5 terms. 11. Shew that χ + is not less than 2, when χ is a real quantity. SECOND TEAR. SCHOLARSHIPS. EUCLID. 1. If one side of a triangle be produced, the exterior angle is greater than either of the interior opposite angles.

197 68 EXAMINATION PAPEES. 2. Describe a parallelogram that shall be equal to a given triangle, and have one of its angles equal to a given rectilineal angle. 3. Describe a square that shall be equal to a given rectilineal figure. 4. The straight line at right angles to the diameter of a circle from its extremity falls without the circle ; and no straight Une can be drawn from the same point between that line and the circle, so as not to cut the circle. 5. In equal circles, equal straight lines cut off equal circumferences. 6. Describe a circle about a given square. 7. If four magnitudes of the same kind be proportionals, they shall also be proportionals when taken alternately. 8. If four straight lines be proportionals, the rectangle contained by the extremes is equal to the rectangle contained by the means. 9. From two points, one on each side of a given line, draw two straight lines to a point within it, such that the angle between the two lines so drawn shall be bisected by the given line. 10. Prove that the sides of any four sided rectilineal figure are together greater than the two diagonals. 11. Describe two circles of given radii, such that the straight line joining their points of section shall be equal to a given line. 12. Prove that the area of the square inscribed in a circle is to the area of a square inscribed in a seini-circle, with the same radius, as 5 : The straight lines drawn from the angles of a triangle to bisect the opposite sides, all meet in one point.

198 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 69 THIRD TEAR. SCHOLARSHIPS. TRIGONOMETRY AND CONIC SECTIONS. 1. Shew that the ratio arc : radius is a proper measure of an angle, and express an angle of 36 30' 45" in circular measure. 2. Determine an expression for the sine of the sum of two angles in terms of the sines and cosines. Draw a figure for the case in which one angle is obtuse. 3. Determine the sine and cosine of half an angle of a triangle in terms of the sides. cos u e ν u 4. Given cos ν = : > find tan ~ in terms of tan~. 1 e cos u 5. Expand a x in ascending powers of x, and find the value of a which reduces the expression to its simplest form. 6. Shew how the logarithm of the sine of an angle, not exactly given in the tables, may be determined approximately ; and prove that the accuracy of the approximation fails for particular values of the angle. sin θ + sin 3 θ + sin 5 θ 7. Prove tan η θ = ~ ; cos θ + cos 3 θ + cos 5 θ to η terms. 8. Shew that the equation As + By = C represents a straight line, and determine the length of the perpendicular upon it from the origin of co-ordinates. 9. Find the equation to the straight line touching a given circle at a given point. 10. Define a Parabola, and find its equations referred to Rectangular and Polar co-ordinates, the focus being the pole. 11. Assuming the equation to an ellipse, shew that the sum of the lines drawn from the foci to a given point is equal to the diameter.

199 70 EXAMINATION PAPERS. 12. If two tangents be drawn to an ellipse from a given point without it, find the equation to the line' joining the points of contact. THIRD TEAR. SCHOLARSHIPS. MATHEMATICS. 1. Shew that the square root of a number which is not a perfect square, cannot be expressed as a recurring decimal. 2. How, and under what conditions, may the expression ax 2 + bx + c be resolved into two real simple factors? 3. Prove the rule for finding the Gr.C.M. of three quantities. 4. Find the five roots of the equation «5 1 = o. 5. Find the condition under which the equations OiB 2 + bx + c = o a'x 2 + b'x + c' = o have one root in common. 6. Sum the series 1 + 3» + δ» 2 + 7œ 3 + I a each to η terms. 7. The sum of η terms of an arithmetical progression is (3» + 1), η being any whole number. Apply the method of indeterminate co-efficients to the determination of the first term and the common difference.

200 EXAMINATION PAPERS How many words consisting of 2 consonants and 2 vowels, and each commencing with a consonant, may be formed of 5 consonants and 3 vowels? 9. Describe a square which shall be equal to a given rectilineal figure. 10. Equiangular triangles are to one another in the duplicate ratio of their homologous sides. 11. If the area of a square be double that of an equilateral triangle, shew that the side of the square is a mean proportional between the altitude of the triangle and its side. DEAS THOMSON SCHOLARSHIP. CHEMISTRY AND EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS. 1. State the quantity of nitrogen, by weight and bulk, contained in 100 cubic inches of pure dry atmospheric air, at standard temperature and pressure. 2. -How much carbonic acid, by weight and bulk, would.be formed by the action of 100 cubic inches of oxygen upon pure carbon? 3. State the nature of the products, and their weights, formed by the'combustion of 200 grains of light carburetted hydrogen. 4. Describe a process used for the preparation of calomel ; write the formulas for calomel and corrosive sublimate, and their systematic designations. 5. Give a process for the preparation of chlorine gas ; state its specific gravity, its color, and the circumstances under which it has been liquified. 6. Write the formula for ammoniacal gas ; state the tern-

201 72 EXAMINATION PAPERS. perature and pressure under which it has been liquified, and the source from which the commercial supply is chiefly derived. 7. "Write the formulas for cyanogen and hydrocyanic acid ; state how these compounds are usually prepared. 8. Describe the manufacture of sulphuric acid from sulphur or iron pyrites. Write the formulas for oil of vitriol and the Nordhausen sulphuric acid. 9. Give a brief description of the process now employed for the manufacture of soda from common salt. Shew the reactions by diagrams. 10. Write the formulas for the following compounds : Fused caustic soda, crystals of soda of commerce, nitrate of soda, hyposulphite of soda, and iodide of sodium. 11. State the leading characters, chemical and physical, of phosphorus. 12. Describe the preparation of phosphorus from bone earth. 13. From what sources is the supply of carbonic acid to the atmosphere chiefly derived? State what natural process causes the removal of this gas from the air, and the requisite conditions. 14. Describe Davy's Miners' Safety Lamp, and explain the cause of its efficiency. 15. Explain the formation of dew. 16. Describe Daniell's dew-point hygrometer, and how it is to be used to determine the hygrométrie state of the air. 17. Explain the construction of the common and Astatic galvanometers. 18. Given 100 cubic inches of air, temperature 80 F., dewpoint 60, pressure 29-6 inches, required the bulk of dry air at standard temperature and pressure. 19. State the weight of steam at 212 F., required to melt one pound of ice at 32 F., leaving the resulting water at 60 F. PRINTED BY READDfO AND WELLBANK, BRIDGE STREET, SYDÎÎET.

202 ίφβ.μζ ψ^\φ»&ί%&

SYDNEY IJNIYERSITY CALENDAR

SYDNEY IJNIYERSITY CALENDAR SYDNEY IJNIYERSITY CALENDAR. 1868. SYDNEY UNIVERSITY CALENDAR. ^% 1 THE SYDNEY IJNIYERSITY CALENDAR. 1868. SYDNEY: PRINTED BY EEADlNG AND WELLBANK, BRIDGE STREET. ERRATA. Tage 49. Omit from the Examiners

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

i"$-6> ff THE SYDNEY 1854. r + \ h OVA 1 Mi l -- VO! fei I], 1¾ SYDNEY : WAUGH & COX, BOOKSELLERS AND PUBLISHERS, GEOJIGE STREET.

i$-6> ff THE SYDNEY 1854. r + \ h OVA 1 Mi l -- VO! fei I], 1¾ SYDNEY : WAUGH & COX, BOOKSELLERS AND PUBLISHERS, GEOJIGE STREET. S« i"$-6> ff y THE SYDNEY UNIYERSITY CALENDAR. 1854. r + \ h OVA 1 Mi l -- VO! fei I], 1¾ SYDNEY : WAUGH & COX, BOOKSELLERS AND PUBLISHERS, GEOJIGE STREET. Φ 1854. JANUARY. 1 ft PHASES OF THE MOON. DAYS

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Α. ΑΝΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗ ΕΝΩΣΗ 1. ΓΕΝΙΚΑ Η ΣΥΜΜΕΤΟΧΗ ΤΗΣ ΑΝΙΑΣ ΣΤΗΝ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗ ΕΝΩΣΗ

Α. ΑΝΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗ ΕΝΩΣΗ 1. ΓΕΝΙΚΑ Η ΣΥΜΜΕΤΟΧΗ ΤΗΣ ΑΝΙΑΣ ΣΤΗΝ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗ ΕΝΩΣΗ ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΟ ΗΜΟΣΙΟΥ ΙΚΑΙΟΥ ΚΑΘΗΓΗΤΗΣ Α. ΗΜΗΤΡΟΠΟΥΛΟΣ ΕΥΘΥΜΙΟΣ ΠΑΠΑ ΟΠΟΥΛΟΣ ΤΟΥ ΠΑΝΑΓΙΩΤΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ 2η Α. ΑΝΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗ ΕΝΩΣΗ 1. ΓΕΝΙΚΑ Η ΣΥΜΜΕΤΟΧΗ ΤΗΣ ΑΝΙΑΣ ΣΤΗΝ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΗ ΕΝΩΣΗ 2. ΠΑΡΑΘΕΣΗ ΤΩΝ ΣΧΕΤΙΚΩΝ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Section 8.3 Trigonometric Equations

Section 8.3 Trigonometric Equations 99 Section 8. Trigonometric Equations Objective 1: Solve Equations Involving One Trigonometric Function. In this section and the next, we will exple how to solving equations involving trigonometric functions.

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Finite Field Problems: Solutions

Finite Field Problems: Solutions Finite Field Problems: Solutions 1. Let f = x 2 +1 Z 11 [x] and let F = Z 11 [x]/(f), a field. Let Solution: F =11 2 = 121, so F = 121 1 = 120. The possible orders are the divisors of 120. Solution: The

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΠΕΙΡΑΙΑ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΝΑΥΤΙΛΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΣΤΗΝ ΝΑΥΤΙΛΙΑ

ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΠΕΙΡΑΙΑ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΝΑΥΤΙΛΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΣΤΗΝ ΝΑΥΤΙΛΙΑ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΠΕΙΡΑΙΑ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΝΑΥΤΙΛΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΣΤΗΝ ΝΑΥΤΙΛΙΑ ΝΟΜΙΚΟ ΚΑΙ ΘΕΣΜΙΚΟ ΦΟΡΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΠΛΑΙΣΙΟ ΚΤΗΣΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΕΚΜΕΤΑΛΛΕΥΣΗΣ ΠΛΟΙΟΥ ΔΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ που υποβλήθηκε στο

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Assalamu `alaikum wr. wb.

Assalamu `alaikum wr. wb. LUMP SUM Assalamu `alaikum wr. wb. LUMP SUM Wassalamu alaikum wr. wb. Assalamu `alaikum wr. wb. LUMP SUM Wassalamu alaikum wr. wb. LUMP SUM Lump sum lump sum lump sum. lump sum fixed price lump sum lump

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

645 Ν. 3/92. E.E., Παρ. Ι αϊ), Αρ. 2665,

645 Ν. 3/92. E.E., Παρ. Ι αϊ), Αρ. 2665, E.E., Παρ. Ι αϊ), Αρ. 2665, 1.1.92 645 Ν. 3/92 Ο περί Ειδικεύσεως Πιστώσεως (Ταμείο Ανακουφίσεως Εκτοπισθέντων και Παθόντων) Νόμος του 1992 εκδίδεται με δημοσίευση στην Επίσημη Εφημερίδα της Κυπριακής

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

'-vr&öv.'vk. ".. V S»Ci "»VI.. W C-. ι.-.!-λ. tesa-

'-vr&öv.'vk. .. V S»Ci »VI.. W C-. ι.-.!-λ. tesa- '-vr&öv.'vk ".. V S»Ci "»VI.. W C-. ι.-.!-λ tesa- i* SYDNEY UNIVERSITY CALENDAR. & > /» V THE SYDNEY UNIVERSITY CALENDAR. / L. fil 'ci^ ^ \ Λ ' I Li.! V^ 1 ' X C/îj Ι Ο UMI η P._) V'' V" 1 OJ ;f-~ij '

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

derivation of the Laplacian from rectangular to spherical coordinates

derivation of the Laplacian from rectangular to spherical coordinates derivation of the Laplacian from rectangular to spherical coordinates swapnizzle 03-03- :5:43 We begin by recognizing the familiar conversion from rectangular to spherical coordinates (note that φ is used

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Section 1: Listening and responding. Presenter: Niki Farfara MGTAV VCE Seminar 7 August 2016

Section 1: Listening and responding. Presenter: Niki Farfara MGTAV VCE Seminar 7 August 2016 Section 1: Listening and responding Presenter: Niki Farfara MGTAV VCE Seminar 7 August 2016 Section 1: Listening and responding Section 1: Listening and Responding/ Aκουστική εξέταση Στο πρώτο μέρος της

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education GREEK 0543/04 Paper 4 Writing For Examination from 2015 SPECIMEN PAPER Candidates answer on the Question

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

2 Composition. Invertible Mappings

2 Composition. Invertible Mappings Arkansas Tech University MATH 4033: Elementary Modern Algebra Dr. Marcel B. Finan Composition. Invertible Mappings In this section we discuss two procedures for creating new mappings from old ones, namely,

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

EE512: Error Control Coding

EE512: Error Control Coding EE512: Error Control Coding Solution for Assignment on Finite Fields February 16, 2007 1. (a) Addition and Multiplication tables for GF (5) and GF (7) are shown in Tables 1 and 2. + 0 1 2 3 4 0 0 1 2 3

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Η ΨΥΧΙΑΤΡΙΚΗ - ΨΥΧΟΛΟΓΙΚΗ ΠΡΑΓΜΑΤΟΓΝΩΜΟΣΥΝΗ ΣΤΗΝ ΠΟΙΝΙΚΗ ΔΙΚΗ

Η ΨΥΧΙΑΤΡΙΚΗ - ΨΥΧΟΛΟΓΙΚΗ ΠΡΑΓΜΑΤΟΓΝΩΜΟΣΥΝΗ ΣΤΗΝ ΠΟΙΝΙΚΗ ΔΙΚΗ ΑΡΙΣΤΟΤΕΛΕΙΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΗΣ ΝΟΜΙΚΗ ΣΧΟΛΗ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΤΟΜΕΑΣ ΙΣΤΟΡΙΑΣ ΦΙΛΟΣΟΦΙΑΣ ΚΑΙ ΚΟΙΝΩΝΙΟΛΟΓΙΑΣ ΤΟΥ ΔΙΚΑΙΟΥ Διπλωματική εργασία στο μάθημα «ΚΟΙΝΩΝΙΟΛΟΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΔΙΚΑΙΟΥ»

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Nakia Miller A E Adriana Strazzanti F K Lisa Flood Jaime Camino R V

Nakia Miller A E Adriana Strazzanti F K Lisa Flood Jaime Camino R V Nakia Miller A E Adriana Strazzanti F K Lisa Flood L Q Jaime Camino R V Julie Pizon W - Z CREDITS 21 Credits are required for graduation from BHS 5 Credits are required to become a sophomore 10 Credits

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

1999 MODERN GREEK 2 UNIT Z

1999 MODERN GREEK 2 UNIT Z STUDENT NUMBER CENTRE NUMBER HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION 1999 MODERN GREEK 2 UNIT Z (55 Marks) Time allowed Two hours (Plus 5 minutes reading time) DIRECTIONS TO CANDIDATES Write your Student

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

CHAPTER 25 SOLVING EQUATIONS BY ITERATIVE METHODS

CHAPTER 25 SOLVING EQUATIONS BY ITERATIVE METHODS CHAPTER 5 SOLVING EQUATIONS BY ITERATIVE METHODS EXERCISE 104 Page 8 1. Find the positive root of the equation x + 3x 5 = 0, correct to 3 significant figures, using the method of bisection. Let f(x) =

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

the total number of electrons passing through the lamp.

the total number of electrons passing through the lamp. 1. A 12 V 36 W lamp is lit to normal brightness using a 12 V car battery of negligible internal resistance. The lamp is switched on for one hour (3600 s). For the time of 1 hour, calculate (i) the energy

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Προς όλα τα μέλη του Συνδέσμου Τεχνική Εγκύκλιος Αρ. 36

Προς όλα τα μέλη του Συνδέσμου Τεχνική Εγκύκλιος Αρ. 36 Προς όλα τα μέλη του Συνδέσμου Τεχνική Εγκύκλιος Αρ. 36 23 Μαΐου 2008 Θέμα: Αναθεωρημένο υπόδειγμα ψηφίσματος προς κατάθεση στον Έφορο Εταιρειών για τη μετατροπή μετοχικού κεφαλαίου σε Ευρώ την 1 Ιανουαρίου

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

WEEK 21. The Feast of Firstfruits, the Feast of Pentecost, and the Feast of Tabernacles OUTLINE DAY 1

WEEK 21. The Feast of Firstfruits, the Feast of Pentecost, and the Feast of Tabernacles OUTLINE DAY 1 WEEK 21 The Feast of Firstfruits, the Feast of Pentecost, and the Feast of Tabernacles OUTLINE DAY 1 I. The Feast of Firstfruits signifies the resurrected Christ as the firstfruits for our enjoyment as

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Αθήνα, Α/Α ΑΝΑΦΟΡΑ 3 ΕΡΩΤΗΜΑ 4 ΑΠΑΝΤΗΣΗ

Αθήνα, Α/Α ΑΝΑΦΟΡΑ 3 ΕΡΩΤΗΜΑ 4 ΑΠΑΝΤΗΣΗ ΑΠΑΝΤΗΣΕΙΣ ΕΠΙ ΔΙΕΥΚΡΙΝΙΣΤΙΚΩΝ ΕΡΩΤΗΜΑΤΩΝ ΕΝΔΙΑΦΕΡΟΜΕΝΩΝ 1 ΣΕ ΣΧΕΣΗ ΜΕ ΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΣΚΛΗΣΗ ΥΠΟΒΟΛΗΣ ΕΚΔΗΛΩΣΗΣ ΕΝΔΙΑΦΕΡΟΝΤΟΣ ΑΝΑΦΟΡΙΚΑ ΜΕ ΤΗΝ ΑΝΑΘΕΣΗ ΣΥΜΒΑΣΗΣ ΠΑΡΑΧΩΡΗΣΗΣ ΥΠΗΡΕΣΙΩΝ ΓΙΑ ΤΗ ΧΡΗΜΑΤΟΔΟΤΗΣΗ, ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ,

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ

ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ Ν. 172/91 ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ Αρ. 2637 της 11ης ΟΚΤΩΒΡΙΟΥ 1991 ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ Ο Κυρωτικός της Ευρωπαϊκής Σύμβασης επί της Γενικής Ισοτιμίας των Περιόδων Πανεπιστημιακών Σπουδών

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Every set of first-order formulas is equivalent to an independent set

Every set of first-order formulas is equivalent to an independent set Every set of first-order formulas is equivalent to an independent set May 6, 2008 Abstract A set of first-order formulas, whatever the cardinality of the set of symbols, is equivalent to an independent

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ ΕΓΚΥΚΛΙΟΣ. Προς: Όλα τα Μέλη Από : Γενικό Γραμματέα. Αγαπητά Μέλη,

ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ ΕΓΚΥΚΛΙΟΣ. Προς: Όλα τα Μέλη Από : Γενικό Γραμματέα. Αγαπητά Μέλη, Προς: Όλα τα Μέλη Από : Γενικό Γραμματέα Αγαπητά Μέλη, ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ ΕΓΚΥΚΛΙΟΣ Θέμα: Απόφαση (ΚΕΠΠΑ) 2015/1148 του Συμβουλίου της Ε.Ε. της 14 ης Ιουλίου 2015 για την τροποποίηση της απόφασης 2010/413/ΚΕΠΠΑ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

SAINT CATHERINE S GREEK SCHOOL ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΟ ΣΧΟΛΕΙΟ ΑΓΙΑΣ ΑΙΚΑΤΕΡΙΝΗΣ

SAINT CATHERINE S GREEK SCHOOL ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΟ ΣΧΟΛΕΙΟ ΑΓΙΑΣ ΑΙΚΑΤΕΡΙΝΗΣ SAINT CATHERINE S GREEK SCHOOL ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΟ ΣΧΟΛΕΙΟ ΑΓΙΑΣ ΑΙΚΑΤΕΡΙΝΗΣ WELCOME TO ST. CATHERINE S GREEK SCHOOL! WEEKDAY GREEK SCHOOL - REGISTRATION FORM SCHOOL YEAR 2016-2017 ΑΙΤΗΣΗ ΕΓΓΡΑΦΗΣ ΣΧΟΛΙΚΗ ΧΡΟΝΙΑ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education *4358398658* GREEK 0543/04 Paper 4 Writing May/June 2015 1 hour Candidates answer on the Question

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

The Simply Typed Lambda Calculus

The Simply Typed Lambda Calculus Type Inference Instead of writing type annotations, can we use an algorithm to infer what the type annotations should be? That depends on the type system. For simple type systems the answer is yes, and

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Οι αδελφοί Montgolfier: Ψηφιακή αφήγηση The Montgolfier Βrothers Digital Story (προτείνεται να διδαχθεί στο Unit 4, Lesson 3, Αγγλικά Στ Δημοτικού)

Οι αδελφοί Montgolfier: Ψηφιακή αφήγηση The Montgolfier Βrothers Digital Story (προτείνεται να διδαχθεί στο Unit 4, Lesson 3, Αγγλικά Στ Δημοτικού) Οι αδελφοί Montgolfier: Ψηφιακή αφήγηση The Montgolfier Βrothers Digital Story (προτείνεται να διδαχθεί στο Unit 4, Lesson 3, Αγγλικά Στ Δημοτικού) Προσδοκώμενα αποτελέσματα Περιεχόμενο Ενδεικτικές δραστηριότητες

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Instruction Execution Times

Instruction Execution Times 1 C Execution Times InThisAppendix... Introduction DL330 Execution Times DL330P Execution Times DL340 Execution Times C-2 Execution Times Introduction Data Registers This appendix contains several tables

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΣΟΡΟΠΤΙΜΙΣΤΡΙΕΣ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΔΕΣ

ΣΟΡΟΠΤΙΜΙΣΤΡΙΕΣ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΔΕΣ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΔΕΣ ΣΟΡΟΠΤΙΜΙΣΤΡΙΕΣ ΕΚΔΟΣΗ ΤΗΣ ΣΟΡΟΠΤΙΜΙΣΤΙΚΗΣ ΕΝΩΣΗΣ ΕΛΛΑΔΟΣ - ΤΕΥΧΟΣ Νο 110 - Δ ΤΡΙΜΗΝΟ 2014 Το πρώτο βραβείο κέρδισε η Ελλάδα για την φωτογραφία Blue + Yellow = Green στον διαγωνισμό 2014 του

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ Αρ της 9ης ΙΟΥΛΊΟΥ 1999 ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ ΜΕΡΟΣ III

ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ Αρ της 9ης ΙΟΥΛΊΟΥ 1999 ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ ΜΕΡΟΣ III Ν. 11(ΙΠ)/99 ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ Αρ. 3337 της 9ης ΙΟΥΛΊΟΥ 1999 ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ ΜΕΡΟΣ III Ο περί της Ευρωπαϊκής Σύμβασης για την Προάσπιση των Ανθρωπίνων Δικαιωμάτων και θεμελιωδών

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS International General Certificate of Secondary Education

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS International General Certificate of Secondary Education UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS International General Certificate of Secondary Education *2517291414* GREEK 0543/02 Paper 2 Reading and Directed Writing May/June 2013 1 hour 30 minutes

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

GREECE BULGARIA 6 th JOINT MONITORING

GREECE BULGARIA 6 th JOINT MONITORING GREECE BULGARIA 6 th JOINT MONITORING COMMITTEE BANSKO 26-5-2015 LEGISLATIVE FRAMEWORK Regulation 1083/2006 (general provisions for ERDF). Regulation 1080/2006 (ERDF) Regulation 1028/2006 (Implementing

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Publication of Notice of the Extraordinary General Meeting of shareholders Announcement Attached

Publication of Notice of the Extraordinary General Meeting of shareholders Announcement Attached 0076/00017640/en General Meeting ELLINAS FINANCE PUBLIC COMPANY LTD ELF Addendum To: 0076/00017567 Publication of Notice of the Extraordinary General Meeting of shareholders Announcement Attached Attachments:

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education *3148288373* GREEK 0543/04 Paper 4 Writing May/June 2016 1 hour Candidates answer on the Question

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

*2354431106* GREEK 0543/02 Paper 2 Reading and Directed Writing May/June 2009

*2354431106* GREEK 0543/02 Paper 2 Reading and Directed Writing May/June 2009 UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS International General Certificate of Secondary Education *2354431106* GREEK 0543/02 Paper 2 Reading and Directed Writing May/June 2009 1 hour 30 minutes

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Math 6 SL Probability Distributions Practice Test Mark Scheme

Math 6 SL Probability Distributions Practice Test Mark Scheme Math 6 SL Probability Distributions Practice Test Mark Scheme. (a) Note: Award A for vertical line to right of mean, A for shading to right of their vertical line. AA N (b) evidence of recognizing symmetry

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Προς όλα τα μέλη του Συνδέσμου Τεχνική Εγκύκλιος Αρ. 32 (Αναθεωρημένη)

Προς όλα τα μέλη του Συνδέσμου Τεχνική Εγκύκλιος Αρ. 32 (Αναθεωρημένη) Προς όλα τα μέλη του Συνδέσμου Τεχνική Εγκύκλιος Αρ. 32 (Αναθεωρημένη) Από την Επιτροπή Χρηματιστηρίου και Κεφαλαιαγοράς 6 Αυγούστου 2008 Θέμα: Δήλωση των μελών του Διοικητικού Συμβουλίου και άλλων υπευθύνων

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

@ BY AVENUES PRIVATE INSTITUTE JUNE 2014

@ BY AVENUES PRIVATE INSTITUTE JUNE 2014 1 Εκεί που η ποιότητα συναντά την επιτυχία Λεωφ. Αρχ. Μακαρίου 7, Αρεδιού Τηλ. 22874368/9 2 ENGLISH INSTITUTE A Place where quality meets success 7, Makarios Avenue, Arediou, Tel. 22874368/9 99606442 Anglia

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Phys460.nb Solution for the t-dependent Schrodinger s equation How did we find the solution? (not required)

Phys460.nb Solution for the t-dependent Schrodinger s equation How did we find the solution? (not required) Phys460.nb 81 ψ n (t) is still the (same) eigenstate of H But for tdependent H. The answer is NO. 5.5.5. Solution for the tdependent Schrodinger s equation If we assume that at time t 0, the electron starts

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education *8175930111* GREEK 0543/04 Paper 4 Writing May/June 2017 1 hour Candidates answer on the Question

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

«ΑΓΡΟΤΟΥΡΙΣΜΟΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΟΠΙΚΗ ΑΝΑΠΤΥΞΗ: Ο ΡΟΛΟΣ ΤΩΝ ΝΕΩΝ ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΩΝ ΣΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΩΘΗΣΗ ΤΩΝ ΓΥΝΑΙΚΕΙΩΝ ΣΥΝΕΤΑΙΡΙΣΜΩΝ»

«ΑΓΡΟΤΟΥΡΙΣΜΟΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΟΠΙΚΗ ΑΝΑΠΤΥΞΗ: Ο ΡΟΛΟΣ ΤΩΝ ΝΕΩΝ ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΩΝ ΣΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΩΘΗΣΗ ΤΩΝ ΓΥΝΑΙΚΕΙΩΝ ΣΥΝΕΤΑΙΡΙΣΜΩΝ» I ΑΡΙΣΤΟΤΕΛΕΙΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΗΣ ΣΧΟΛΗ ΝΟΜΙΚΩΝ ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΚΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΠΟΛΙΤΙΚΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΚΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΩΝ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ ΣΤΗΝ «ΔΙΟΙΚΗΣΗ ΚΑΙ ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΑ» ΚΑΤΕΥΘΥΝΣΗ: ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΚΗ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΚΥΠΡΙΑΚΗ ΕΤΑΙΡΕΙΑ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ CYPRUS COMPUTER SOCIETY ΠΑΓΚΥΠΡΙΟΣ ΜΑΘΗΤΙΚΟΣ ΔΙΑΓΩΝΙΣΜΟΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ 6/5/2006

ΚΥΠΡΙΑΚΗ ΕΤΑΙΡΕΙΑ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ CYPRUS COMPUTER SOCIETY ΠΑΓΚΥΠΡΙΟΣ ΜΑΘΗΤΙΚΟΣ ΔΙΑΓΩΝΙΣΜΟΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ 6/5/2006 Οδηγίες: Να απαντηθούν όλες οι ερωτήσεις. Ολοι οι αριθμοί που αναφέρονται σε όλα τα ερωτήματα είναι μικρότεροι το 1000 εκτός αν ορίζεται διαφορετικά στη διατύπωση του προβλήματος. Διάρκεια: 3,5 ώρες Καλή

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

«ΕΠΙΔΙΩΚΟΝΤΑΣ ΤΗΝ ΑΡΙΣΤΕΙΑ ΣΤΗΝ ΚΙΝΗΤΙΚΟΤΗΤΑ ERASMUS» 29 ΝΟΕΜΒΡΙΟΥ 2013

«ΕΠΙΔΙΩΚΟΝΤΑΣ ΤΗΝ ΑΡΙΣΤΕΙΑ ΣΤΗΝ ΚΙΝΗΤΙΚΟΤΗΤΑ ERASMUS» 29 ΝΟΕΜΒΡΙΟΥ 2013 ΗΜΕΡΙΔΑ ΤΗΣ ΕΘΝΙΚΗΣ ΜΟΝΑΔΑΣ / ΙΚΥ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΟ ΕΚΠΑΙΔΕΥΤΙΚΟ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΔΙΑ ΒΙΟΥ ΜΑΘΗΣΗ LLP ERASMUS «ΕΠΙΔΙΩΚΟΝΤΑΣ ΤΗΝ ΑΡΙΣΤΕΙΑ ΣΤΗΝ ΚΙΝΗΤΙΚΟΤΗΤΑ ERASMUS» 29 ΝΟΕΜΒΡΙΟΥ 2013 Erasmus + Θέματα ακαδημαϊκής αναγνώρισης

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Advanced Subsidiary Unit 1: Understanding and Written Response

Advanced Subsidiary Unit 1: Understanding and Written Response Write your name here Surname Other names Edexcel GE entre Number andidate Number Greek dvanced Subsidiary Unit 1: Understanding and Written Response Thursday 16 May 2013 Morning Time: 2 hours 45 minutes

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education Cambridge International Examinations Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education *1880009435* GREEK 0543/04 Paper 4 Writing May/June 2018 1 hour Candidates answer on the Question

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Matrices and Determinants

Matrices and Determinants Matrices and Determinants SUBJECTIVE PROBLEMS: Q 1. For what value of k do the following system of equations possess a non-trivial (i.e., not all zero) solution over the set of rationals Q? x + ky + 3z

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Üzleti élet Rendelés. Rendelés - Megrendelés. Rendelés - Visszaigazolás. Hivatalos, kísérleti

Üzleti élet Rendelés. Rendelés - Megrendelés. Rendelés - Visszaigazolás. Hivatalos, kísérleti - Megrendelés Εξετάζουμε την αγορά... Hivatalos, kísérleti Είμαστε στην ευχάριστη θέση να δώσουμε την παραγγελία μας στην εταιρεία σας για... Θα θέλαμε να κάνουμε μια παραγγελία. Επισυνάπτεται η παραγγελία

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Paper Reference. Paper Reference(s) 1776/04 Edexcel GCSE Modern Greek Paper 4 Writing. Thursday 21 May 2009 Afternoon Time: 1 hour 15 minutes

Paper Reference. Paper Reference(s) 1776/04 Edexcel GCSE Modern Greek Paper 4 Writing. Thursday 21 May 2009 Afternoon Time: 1 hour 15 minutes Centre No. Candidate No. Paper Reference(s) 1776/04 Edexcel GCSE Modern Greek Paper 4 Writing Thursday 21 May 2009 Afternoon Time: 1 hour 15 minutes Materials required for examination Nil Paper Reference

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ Αρ της 19ης ΑΠΡΙΛΙΟΥ 2002 ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ

ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ Αρ της 19ης ΑΠΡΙΛΙΟΥ 2002 ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ Ν. 11(ΙΙΙ)/2002 ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΠΡΩΤΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙΣΗΜΗΣ ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙΔΑΣ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ Αρ. 3595 της 19ης ΑΠΡΙΛΙΟΥ 2002 ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΑ ΜΕΡΟΣ III Ο περί της Ευρωπαϊκής Σύμβασης για την Προάσπιση των Ανθρωπίνων Δικαιωμάτων και

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

MOTIONS / DRAFT OF DECISIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO THE GENERAL MEETING OF THE 29 TH JUNE 2016

MOTIONS / DRAFT OF DECISIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO THE GENERAL MEETING OF THE 29 TH JUNE 2016 MOTIONS / DRAFT OF DECISIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO THE GENERAL MEETING OF THE 29 TH JUNE 2016 1) FIRST ITEM OF THE AGENDA Submission for approval of the Company and the Group Financial Statements,

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

C.S. 430 Assignment 6, Sample Solutions

C.S. 430 Assignment 6, Sample Solutions C.S. 430 Assignment 6, Sample Solutions Paul Liu November 15, 2007 Note that these are sample solutions only; in many cases there were many acceptable answers. 1 Reynolds Problem 10.1 1.1 Normal-order

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Modern Greek Extension

Modern Greek Extension Centre Number 2017 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION Student Number Modern Greek Extension Written Examination General Instructions Reading time 10 minutes Working time 1 hour and 50 minutes Write

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Business English. Ενότητα # 9: Financial Planning. Ευαγγελία Κουτσογιάννη Τμήμα Διοίκησης Επιχειρήσεων

Business English. Ενότητα # 9: Financial Planning. Ευαγγελία Κουτσογιάννη Τμήμα Διοίκησης Επιχειρήσεων ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑ Ανώτατο Εκπαιδευτικό Ίδρυμα Πειραιά Τεχνολογικού Τομέα Business English Ενότητα # 9: Financial Planning Ευαγγελία Κουτσογιάννη Τμήμα Διοίκησης Επιχειρήσεων Άδειες Χρήσης Το παρόν εκπαιδευτικό

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Συντακτικές λειτουργίες

Συντακτικές λειτουργίες 2 Συντακτικές λειτουργίες (Syntactic functions) A. Πτώσεις και συντακτικές λειτουργίες (Cases and syntactic functions) The subject can be identified by asking ποιος (who) or τι (what) the sentence is about.

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Κάθε γνήσιο αντίγραφο φέρει υπογραφή του συγγραφέα. / Each genuine copy is signed by the author.

Κάθε γνήσιο αντίγραφο φέρει υπογραφή του συγγραφέα. / Each genuine copy is signed by the author. Κάθε γνήσιο αντίγραφο φέρει υπογραφή του συγγραφέα. / Each genuine copy is signed by the author. 2012, Γεράσιμος Χρ. Σιάσος / Gerasimos Siasos, All rights reserved. Στοιχεία επικοινωνίας συγγραφέα / Author

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Newborn Upfront Payment & Newborn Supplement

Newborn Upfront Payment & Newborn Supplement GREEK Newborn Upfront Payment & Newborn Supplement Female 1: Το μωρό μου θα ρθει σύντομα, θα πρέπει να κανονίσω τα οικονομικά μου. Άκουσα ότι η κυβέρνηση δεν δίνει πλέον το Baby Bonus. Ξέρεις τίποτα γι

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΟΡΟΙ ΚΑΙ ΠΡΟΥΠΟΘΕΣΕΙΣ ΣΧΕΔΙΟΥ

ΟΡΟΙ ΚΑΙ ΠΡΟΥΠΟΘΕΣΕΙΣ ΣΧΕΔΙΟΥ ΟΡΟΙ ΚΑΙ ΠΡΟΥΠΟΘΕΣΕΙΣ ΣΧΕΔΙΟΥ 1. Η διαφήμιση της Τράπεζας για τα "Διπλά Προνόμια από την American Express" ισχύει για συναλλαγές που θα πραγματοποιηθούν από κατόχους καρτών Sunmiles American Express, American

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

The challenges of non-stable predicates

The challenges of non-stable predicates The challenges of non-stable predicates Consider a non-stable predicate Φ encoding, say, a safety property. We want to determine whether Φ holds for our program. The challenges of non-stable predicates

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΗ ΔΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ «ΘΕΜΑ»

ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΗ ΔΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ «ΘΕΜΑ» ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΑΙΓΑΙΟΥ ΣΧΟΛΗ ΑΝΘΡΩΠΙΣΤΙΚΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ ΤΗΣ ΠΡΟΣΧΟΛΙΚΗΣ ΑΓΩΓΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΟΥ ΕΚΠΑΙΔΕΥΤΙΚΟΥ ΣΧΕΔΙΑΣΜΟΥ Π.Μ.Σ. «ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΟΝΤΙΚΗ ΕΚΠΑΙΔΕΥΣΗ» ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΗ ΔΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ «ΘΕΜΑ» «Εφαρμογή

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΣΤΥΛΙΑΝΟΥ ΣΟΦΙΑ Socm09008@soc.aegean.gr

ΣΤΥΛΙΑΝΟΥ ΣΟΦΙΑ Socm09008@soc.aegean.gr ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΑΙΓΑΙΟΥ ΣΧΟΛΗ ΚΟΙΝΩΝΙΚΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΚΟΙΝΩΝΙΟΛΟΓΙΑΣ ΜΕΤΑΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΟ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΣΠΟΥΔΩΝ «ΕΡΕΥΝΑ ΓΙΑ ΤΗΝ ΤΟΠΙΚΗ ΚΟΙΝΩΝΙΚΗ ΑΝΑΠΤΥΞΗ ΚΑΙ ΣΥΝΟΧΗ» ΔΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ Θέμα: Διερεύνηση των απόψεων

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ. ΘΕΜΑ: «ιερεύνηση της σχέσης µεταξύ φωνηµικής επίγνωσης και ορθογραφικής δεξιότητας σε παιδιά προσχολικής ηλικίας»

ΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ. ΘΕΜΑ: «ιερεύνηση της σχέσης µεταξύ φωνηµικής επίγνωσης και ορθογραφικής δεξιότητας σε παιδιά προσχολικής ηλικίας» ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΑΙΓΑΙΟΥ ΣΧΟΛΗ ΑΝΘΡΩΠΙΣΤΙΚΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ ΤΗΣ ΠΡΟΣΧΟΛΙΚΗΣ ΑΓΩΓΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΟΥ ΕΚΠΑΙ ΕΥΤΙΚΟΥ ΣΧΕ ΙΑΣΜΟΥ «ΠΑΙ ΙΚΟ ΒΙΒΛΙΟ ΚΑΙ ΠΑΙ ΑΓΩΓΙΚΟ ΥΛΙΚΟ» ΙΠΛΩΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ που εκπονήθηκε για τη

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Απαιτούµενα Προσόντα για Θέσεις Ακαδηµαϊκού Προσωπικού / Qualifications of Academic Staff. (English text follows)

Απαιτούµενα Προσόντα για Θέσεις Ακαδηµαϊκού Προσωπικού / Qualifications of Academic Staff. (English text follows) Απαιτούµενα Προσόντα για Θέσεις Ακαδηµαϊκού Προσωπικού / Qualifications of Academic Staff. (English text follows) 23. (1) Για τη θέση Λέκτoρα απαιτείται διδακτoρικό δίπλωµα αvαγvωρισµέvoυ Παvεπιστηµίoυ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

* ΛΟΙΠΕΣ ΦΟΡΟΛΟΓΙΕΣ * Νο. 62

* ΛΟΙΠΕΣ ΦΟΡΟΛΟΓΙΕΣ * Νο. 62 -- 847 -- * ΛΟΙΠΕΣ ΦΟΡΟΛΟΓΙΕΣ * Νο. 62 ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑ Αθήνα, 16 Ιουνίου 1999 ΥΠΟΥΡΓΕΙΟ ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΚΩΝ Αρ.Πρωτ.: 1058790/845/ΔΟΣ Δ/ΝΣΗ ΔΙΕΘΝΩΝ ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΚΩΝ ΣΧΕΣΕΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ Α' ΦΟΡΟΛΟΓΙΚΩΝ ΘΕΜΑΤΩΝ ΠΟΛ.: 1139

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΚΥΠΡΟΥ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΝΟΣΗΛΕΥΤΙΚΗΣ

ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΚΥΠΡΟΥ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΝΟΣΗΛΕΥΤΙΚΗΣ ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΚΥΠΡΟΥ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΝΟΣΗΛΕΥΤΙΚΗΣ ΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ ΨΥΧΟΛΟΓΙΚΕΣ ΕΠΙΠΤΩΣΕΙΣ ΣΕ ΓΥΝΑΙΚΕΣ ΜΕΤΑ ΑΠΟ ΜΑΣΤΕΚΤΟΜΗ ΓΕΩΡΓΙΑ ΤΡΙΣΟΚΚΑ Λευκωσία 2012 ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΚΥΠΡΟΥ ΣΧΟΛΗ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΩΝ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Code Breaker. TEACHER s NOTES

Code Breaker. TEACHER s NOTES TEACHER s NOTES Time: 50 minutes Learning Outcomes: To relate the genetic code to the assembly of proteins To summarize factors that lead to different types of mutations To distinguish among positive,

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΓΕΩΠΟΝΙΚΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΑΘΗΝΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΗΣ ΤΡΟΦΙΜΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΔΙΑΤΡΟΦΗΣ ΤΟΥ ΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΥ

ΓΕΩΠΟΝΙΚΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΑΘΗΝΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΗΣ ΤΡΟΦΙΜΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΔΙΑΤΡΟΦΗΣ ΤΟΥ ΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΥ ΓΕΩΠΟΝΙΚΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΑΘΗΝΩΝ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΗΣ ΤΡΟΦΙΜΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΔΙΑΤΡΟΦΗΣ ΤΟΥ ΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΥ Πρόγραμμα Μεταπτυχιακών Σπουδών «Επιστήμη και Τεχνολογία Τροφίμων και Διατροφή του Ανθρώπου» Κατεύθυνση: «Διατροφή, Δημόσια

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Strain gauge and rosettes

Strain gauge and rosettes Strain gauge and rosettes Introduction A strain gauge is a device which is used to measure strain (deformation) on an object subjected to forces. Strain can be measured using various types of devices classified

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Statistical Inference I Locally most powerful tests

Statistical Inference I Locally most powerful tests Statistical Inference I Locally most powerful tests Shirsendu Mukherjee Department of Statistics, Asutosh College, Kolkata, India. shirsendu st@yahoo.co.in So far we have treated the testing of one-sided

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

HOMEWORK 4 = G. In order to plot the stress versus the stretch we define a normalized stretch:

HOMEWORK 4 = G. In order to plot the stress versus the stretch we define a normalized stretch: HOMEWORK 4 Problem a For the fast loading case, we want to derive the relationship between P zz and λ z. We know that the nominal stress is expressed as: P zz = ψ λ z where λ z = λ λ z. Therefore, applying

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

department listing department name αχχουντσ ϕανε βαλικτ δδσϕηασδδη σδηφγ ασκϕηλκ τεχηνιχαλ αλαν ϕουν διξ τεχηνιχαλ ϕοην µαριανι

department listing department name αχχουντσ ϕανε βαλικτ δδσϕηασδδη σδηφγ ασκϕηλκ τεχηνιχαλ αλαν ϕουν διξ τεχηνιχαλ ϕοην µαριανι She selects the option. Jenny starts with the al listing. This has employees listed within She drills down through the employee. The inferred ER sttricture relates this to the redcords in the databasee

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

[1] P Q. Fig. 3.1

[1] P Q. Fig. 3.1 1 (a) Define resistance....... [1] (b) The smallest conductor within a computer processing chip can be represented as a rectangular block that is one atom high, four atoms wide and twenty atoms long. One

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS International General Certificate of Secondary Education

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS International General Certificate of Secondary Education www.xtremepapers.com UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS International General Certificate of Secondary Education *6301456813* GREEK 0543/03 Paper 3 Speaking Role Play Card One 1 March 30

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

SKILL TEST / PROFI. CHECK TYPE RATING (SPH) SE-ME APPLICATION AND EXAMINER'S REPORT

SKILL TEST / PROFI. CHECK TYPE RATING (SPH) SE-ME APPLICATION AND EXAMINER'S REPORT ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑ ΥΠΗΡΕΣΙΑ ΠΟΛΙΤΙΚΗΣ ΑΕΡΟΠΟΡΙΑΣ HELLENIC REPUBLIC HELLENIC CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY MEMBER OF EASA HCAA REFERENCE No.: FSD REFERENCE No.: (HCAA USE ONLY- Αριθμοί Πρωτοκόλλου /Χρήση ΥΠΑ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

1. Αφετηρία από στάση χωρίς κριτή (self start όπου πινακίδα εκκίνησης) 5 λεπτά µετά την αφετηρία σας από το TC1B KALO LIVADI OUT

1. Αφετηρία από στάση χωρίς κριτή (self start όπου πινακίδα εκκίνησης) 5 λεπτά µετά την αφετηρία σας από το TC1B KALO LIVADI OUT Date: 21 October 2016 Time: 14:00 hrs Subject: BULLETIN No 3 Document No: 1.3 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Lecture 11. Kyriakos Kyriazopoulos, Assistant Professor School of Law, Aristotle University Of Thessaloniki ΑΡΙΣΤΟΤΕΛΕΙΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΗΣ

Lecture 11. Kyriakos Kyriazopoulos, Assistant Professor School of Law, Aristotle University Of Thessaloniki ΑΡΙΣΤΟΤΕΛΕΙΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΗΣ ΑΡΙΣΤΟΤΕΛΕΙΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΗΣ ΑΝΟΙΧΤΑ ΑΚΑΔΗΜΑΙΚΑ ΜΑΘΗΜΑΤΑ Lecture 11 Kyriakos Kyriazopoulos, Assistant Professor, Aristotle University Of Thessaloniki License The educational material subjects

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Συστήματα Διαχείρισης Βάσεων Δεδομένων

Συστήματα Διαχείρισης Βάσεων Δεδομένων ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗ ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΚΡΗΤΗΣ Συστήματα Διαχείρισης Βάσεων Δεδομένων Φροντιστήριο 9: Transactions - part 1 Δημήτρης Πλεξουσάκης Τμήμα Επιστήμης Υπολογιστών Tutorial on Undo, Redo and Undo/Redo

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΚΥΠΡΙΑΚΗ ΕΤΑΙΡΕΙΑ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ CYPRUS COMPUTER SOCIETY ΠΑΓΚΥΠΡΙΟΣ ΜΑΘΗΤΙΚΟΣ ΔΙΑΓΩΝΙΣΜΟΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ 19/5/2007

ΚΥΠΡΙΑΚΗ ΕΤΑΙΡΕΙΑ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ CYPRUS COMPUTER SOCIETY ΠΑΓΚΥΠΡΙΟΣ ΜΑΘΗΤΙΚΟΣ ΔΙΑΓΩΝΙΣΜΟΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΚΗΣ 19/5/2007 Οδηγίες: Να απαντηθούν όλες οι ερωτήσεις. Αν κάπου κάνετε κάποιες υποθέσεις να αναφερθούν στη σχετική ερώτηση. Όλα τα αρχεία που αναφέρονται στα προβλήματα βρίσκονται στον ίδιο φάκελο με το εκτελέσιμο

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Περί γκρίζων ζωνών και άλλων καινών δαιμονίων: Η οριοθέτηση στον Κόλπο της Βεγγάλης Μαρία Γαβουνέλη

Περί γκρίζων ζωνών και άλλων καινών δαιμονίων: Η οριοθέτηση στον Κόλπο της Βεγγάλης Μαρία Γαβουνέλη Περί γκρίζων ζωνών και άλλων καινών δαιμονίων: Η οριοθέτηση στον Κόλπο της Βεγγάλης Μαρία Γαβουνέλη Επίκουρη καθηγήτρια Νομική Σχολή, Πανεπιστήμιο Αθηνών Μια συνολική ρύθμιση: q Bangladesh/Myanmar: ITLOS

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ANSWERSHEET (TOPIC = DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS) COLLECTION #2. h 0 h h 0 h h 0 ( ) g k = g 0 + g 1 + g g 2009 =?

ANSWERSHEET (TOPIC = DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS) COLLECTION #2. h 0 h h 0 h h 0 ( ) g k = g 0 + g 1 + g g 2009 =? Teko Classes IITJEE/AIEEE Maths by SUHAAG SIR, Bhopal, Ph (0755) 3 00 000 www.tekoclasses.com ANSWERSHEET (TOPIC DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS) COLLECTION # Question Type A.Single Correct Type Q. (A) Sol least

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Potential Dividers. 46 minutes. 46 marks. Page 1 of 11

Potential Dividers. 46 minutes. 46 marks. Page 1 of 11 Potential Dividers 46 minutes 46 marks Page 1 of 11 Q1. In the circuit shown in the figure below, the battery, of negligible internal resistance, has an emf of 30 V. The pd across the lamp is 6.0 V and

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Homework 3 Solutions

Homework 3 Solutions Homework 3 Solutions Igor Yanovsky (Math 151A TA) Problem 1: Compute the absolute error and relative error in approximations of p by p. (Use calculator!) a) p π, p 22/7; b) p π, p 3.141. Solution: For

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Informative Leaflet on the Deposit Guarantee Scheme. Ενημερωτικό Δελτίο για το Σύστημα Εγγύησης των Καταθέσεων

Informative Leaflet on the Deposit Guarantee Scheme. Ενημερωτικό Δελτίο για το Σύστημα Εγγύησης των Καταθέσεων Informative Leaflet on the Deposit Guarantee Scheme Ενημερωτικό Δελτίο για το Σύστημα Εγγύησης των Καταθέσεων Deposit Guarantee Scheme Basic information about the protection of deposits EN Deposits in

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

AME SAMPLE REPORT James R. Cole, Ph.D. Neuropsychology

AME SAMPLE REPORT James R. Cole, Ph.D. Neuropsychology Setting the Standard since 1977 Quality and Timely Reports Med-Legal Evaluations Newton s Pyramid of Success AME SAMPLE REPORT Locations: Oakland & Sacramento SCHEDULING DEPARTMENT Ph: 510-208-4700 Fax:

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΕΡΙΤΟΡΕΣ ΚΑΙ ΑΝΘΩΡΟΙ ΚΛΕΙΔΙΑ ΑΝΑΘΕΣΘ ΑΓΩΝΑ ΓΑΦΕΙΟ ΑΓΩΝΩΝ ΟΓΑΝΩΤΙΚΘ ΕΡΙΤΟΡΘ. ζεκηλαρηο 1 ΡΑΓΚΟΣΜΙΑ ΟΜΟΣΡΟΝΔΙΑ (ISAF) ΕΛΛΘΝΙΚΘ ΟΜΟΣΡΟΝΔΙΑ (Ε.Ι.Ο.

ΕΡΙΤΟΡΕΣ ΚΑΙ ΑΝΘΩΡΟΙ ΚΛΕΙΔΙΑ ΑΝΑΘΕΣΘ ΑΓΩΝΑ ΓΑΦΕΙΟ ΑΓΩΝΩΝ ΟΓΑΝΩΤΙΚΘ ΕΡΙΤΟΡΘ. ζεκηλαρηο 1 ΡΑΓΚΟΣΜΙΑ ΟΜΟΣΡΟΝΔΙΑ (ISAF) ΕΛΛΘΝΙΚΘ ΟΜΟΣΡΟΝΔΙΑ (Ε.Ι.Ο. ΑΝΑΘΕΣΘ ΑΓΩΝΑ ΕΡΙΤΟΡΕΣ ΚΑΙ ΑΝΘΩΡΟΙ ΚΛΕΙΔΙΑ ΡΑΓΚΟΣΜΙΑ ΟΜΟΣΡΟΝΔΙΑ (ISAF) ΕΛΛΘΝΙΚΘ ΟΜΟΣΡΟΝΔΙΑ (Ε.Ι.Ο.) ΚΛΑΣΘ 6/6/2009 1 ΟΡΓΑΝΩΣΙΚΗ ΕΠΙΣΡΟΠΗ ΓΡΑΦΕΙΟ ΑΓΩΝΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΡΟΠΗ ΑΓΩΝΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΡΟΠΗ ΕΝΣΑΕΩΝ ΕΠΙΣΡΟΠΗ ΚΑΣΑΜΕΣΡΗΕΩΝ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Congruence Classes of Invertible Matrices of Order 3 over F 2

Congruence Classes of Invertible Matrices of Order 3 over F 2 International Journal of Algebra, Vol. 8, 24, no. 5, 239-246 HIKARI Ltd, www.m-hikari.com http://dx.doi.org/.2988/ija.24.422 Congruence Classes of Invertible Matrices of Order 3 over F 2 Ligong An and

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΠΑΝΔΠΗΣΖΜΗΟ ΠΑΣΡΩΝ ΣΜΖΜΑ ΖΛΔΚΣΡΟΛΟΓΩΝ ΜΖΥΑΝΗΚΩΝ ΚΑΗ ΣΔΥΝΟΛΟΓΗΑ ΤΠΟΛΟΓΗΣΩΝ ΣΟΜΔΑ ΤΣΖΜΑΣΩΝ ΖΛΔΚΣΡΗΚΖ ΔΝΔΡΓΔΗΑ

ΠΑΝΔΠΗΣΖΜΗΟ ΠΑΣΡΩΝ ΣΜΖΜΑ ΖΛΔΚΣΡΟΛΟΓΩΝ ΜΖΥΑΝΗΚΩΝ ΚΑΗ ΣΔΥΝΟΛΟΓΗΑ ΤΠΟΛΟΓΗΣΩΝ ΣΟΜΔΑ ΤΣΖΜΑΣΩΝ ΖΛΔΚΣΡΗΚΖ ΔΝΔΡΓΔΗΑ ΠΑΝΔΠΗΣΖΜΗΟ ΠΑΣΡΩΝ ΣΜΖΜΑ ΖΛΔΚΣΡΟΛΟΓΩΝ ΜΖΥΑΝΗΚΩΝ ΚΑΗ ΣΔΥΝΟΛΟΓΗΑ ΤΠΟΛΟΓΗΣΩΝ ΣΟΜΔΑ ΤΣΖΜΑΣΩΝ ΖΛΔΚΣΡΗΚΖ ΔΝΔΡΓΔΗΑ Γηπισκαηηθή Δξγαζία ηνπ Φνηηεηή ηνπ ηκήκαηνο Ζιεθηξνιόγσλ Μεραληθώλ θαη Σερλνινγίαο Ζιεθηξνληθώλ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

10 MERCHIA. 10. Starting from standing position (where the SIGN START ) without marshal (self start) 5 minutes after TC4 KALO LIVADI OUT

10 MERCHIA. 10. Starting from standing position (where the SIGN START ) without marshal (self start) 5 minutes after TC4 KALO LIVADI OUT Date: 22 October 2016 Time: 09:00 hrs Subject: BULLETIN No 5 Document No: 1.6 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΣΧΕΔΙΑΣΜΟΣ ΚΑΙ ΕΝΙΣΧΥΣΗ ΤΩΝ ΚΟΜΒΩΝ ΟΠΛΙΣΜΕΝΟΥ ΣΚΥΡΟΔΕΜΑΤΟΣ ΜΕ ΒΑΣΗ ΤΟΥΣ ΕΥΡΩΚΩΔΙΚΕΣ

ΣΧΕΔΙΑΣΜΟΣ ΚΑΙ ΕΝΙΣΧΥΣΗ ΤΩΝ ΚΟΜΒΩΝ ΟΠΛΙΣΜΕΝΟΥ ΣΚΥΡΟΔΕΜΑΤΟΣ ΜΕ ΒΑΣΗ ΤΟΥΣ ΕΥΡΩΚΩΔΙΚΕΣ Σχολή Μηχανικής και Τεχνολογίας Πτυχιακή εργασία ΣΧΕΔΙΑΣΜΟΣ ΚΑΙ ΕΝΙΣΧΥΣΗ ΤΩΝ ΚΟΜΒΩΝ ΟΠΛΙΣΜΕΝΟΥ ΣΚΥΡΟΔΕΜΑΤΟΣ ΜΕ ΒΑΣΗ ΤΟΥΣ ΕΥΡΩΚΩΔΙΚΕΣ Σωτήρης Παύλου Λεμεσός, Μάιος 2018 i ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΠΑΝΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΙΟ ΚΥΠΡΟΥ

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

On a four-dimensional hyperbolic manifold with finite volume

On a four-dimensional hyperbolic manifold with finite volume BULETINUL ACADEMIEI DE ŞTIINŢE A REPUBLICII MOLDOVA. MATEMATICA Numbers 2(72) 3(73), 2013, Pages 80 89 ISSN 1024 7696 On a four-dimensional hyperbolic manifold with finite volume I.S.Gutsul Abstract. In

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

SCHOOL OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES G11LMA Linear Mathematics Examination Solutions

SCHOOL OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES G11LMA Linear Mathematics Examination Solutions SCHOOL OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES GLMA Linear Mathematics 00- Examination Solutions. (a) i. ( + 5i)( i) = (6 + 5) + (5 )i = + i. Real part is, imaginary part is. (b) ii. + 5i i ( + 5i)( + i) = ( i)( + i)

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ ΒΑΛΕΝΤΙΝΑ ΠΑΠΑΔΟΠΟΥΛΟΥ Α.Μ.: 09/061. Υπεύθυνος Καθηγητής: Σάββας Μακρίδης

ΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ ΒΑΛΕΝΤΙΝΑ ΠΑΠΑΔΟΠΟΥΛΟΥ Α.Μ.: 09/061. Υπεύθυνος Καθηγητής: Σάββας Μακρίδης Α.Τ.Ε.Ι. ΙΟΝΙΩΝ ΝΗΣΩΝ ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΑΡΓΟΣΤΟΛΙΟΥ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΔΗΜΟΣΙΩΝ ΣΧΕΣΕΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΕΠΙΚΟΙΝΩΝΙΑΣ ΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ «Η διαμόρφωση επικοινωνιακής στρατηγικής (και των τακτικών ενεργειών) για την ενδυνάμωση της εταιρικής

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙ Α ΤΗΣ ΚΥΒΕΡΝΗΣΕΩΣ

ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙ Α ΤΗΣ ΚΥΒΕΡΝΗΣΕΩΣ E ΕΦΗΜΕΡΙ Α ΤΗΣ ΚΥΒΕΡΝΗΣΕΩΣ ΤΗΣ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗΣ ΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑΣ 25333 19 Ιουλίου 2017 ΤΕΥΧΟΣ ΔΕΥΤΕΡΟ Αρ. Φύλλου 2486 ΑΠΟΦΑΣΕΙΣ Αριθμ. 2263.1-14514972017 Καθιέρωση Τύπου Διεθνούς Πιστοποιητικού Διαχείρισης Έρματος

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΕΚΠΑΙΔΕΥΤΙΚΟ ΙΔΡΥΜΑ ΠΕΛΟΠΟΝΝΗΣΟΥ

ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΕΚΠΑΙΔΕΥΤΙΚΟ ΙΔΡΥΜΑ ΠΕΛΟΠΟΝΝΗΣΟΥ ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΚΟ ΕΚΠΑΙΔΕΥΤΙΚΟ ΙΔΡΥΜΑ ΠΕΛΟΠΟΝΝΗΣΟΥ ΣΧΟΛΗ ΔΙΟΙΚΗΣΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΑΣ ΤΜΗΜΑ ΔΙΟΙΚΗΣΗΣ ΕΠΙΧΕΙΡΗΣΕΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΟΡΓΑΝΙΣΜΩΝ Κατ/νση Τοπικής Αυτοδιοίκησης ΠΤΥΧΙΑΚΗ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ «Μοντέλα στρατηγικής διοίκησης και

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

E.E. Παρ. Kill) 16 Ν. 3(ΙΙΙ)/97 Αρ. 3117,

E.E. Παρ. Kill) 16 Ν. 3(ΙΙΙ)/97 Αρ. 3117, E.E. Παρ. Kill) 16 Ν. 3(ΙΙΙ)/97 Αρ. 3117, 24.1.97 Ο περί της Σύμβασης Ίδρυσης του Ευρωπαϊκού Οργανισμού Δορυφορικών Τηλεπικοινωνιών (Κυρωτικός Τροποποιήσεων) Νόμος του 1997 εκδίδεται με δημοσίευση στην

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

Main source: "Discrete-time systems and computer control" by Α. ΣΚΟΔΡΑΣ ΨΗΦΙΑΚΟΣ ΕΛΕΓΧΟΣ ΔΙΑΛΕΞΗ 4 ΔΙΑΦΑΝΕΙΑ 1

Main source: Discrete-time systems and computer control by Α. ΣΚΟΔΡΑΣ ΨΗΦΙΑΚΟΣ ΕΛΕΓΧΟΣ ΔΙΑΛΕΞΗ 4 ΔΙΑΦΑΝΕΙΑ 1 Main source: "Discrete-time systems and computer control" by Α. ΣΚΟΔΡΑΣ ΨΗΦΙΑΚΟΣ ΕΛΕΓΧΟΣ ΔΙΑΛΕΞΗ 4 ΔΙΑΦΑΝΕΙΑ 1 A Brief History of Sampling Research 1915 - Edmund Taylor Whittaker (1873-1956) devised a

Διαβάστε περισσότερα

LESSON 12 (ΜΑΘΗΜΑ ΔΩΔΕΚΑ) REF : 202/055/32-ADV. 4 February 2014

LESSON 12 (ΜΑΘΗΜΑ ΔΩΔΕΚΑ) REF : 202/055/32-ADV. 4 February 2014 LESSON 12 (ΜΑΘΗΜΑ ΔΩΔΕΚΑ) REF : 202/055/32-ADV 4 February 2014 Somewhere κάπου (kapoo) Nowhere πουθενά (poothena) Elsewhere αλλού (aloo) Drawer το συρτάρι (sirtari) Page η σελίδα (selida) News τα νέα (nea)

Διαβάστε περισσότερα